OMC Document Reference Guide Release B11 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 Status RELEASED Short title All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel. BLANK PAGE BREAK 2 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 Contents Contents Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.1 Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2 Parameter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 3 LCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 3.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 3.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 4 IP Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 4.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 5 GSM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 5.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 5.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 5.3 System (CST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789 6.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790 6.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 7.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 7.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183 8 DTM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203 8.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207 9.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 10.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 10.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 / 1278 Contents 4 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 Preface Preface Purpose The BSS Parameter Dictionary lists all of the Telecom Parameters for GSM and GPRS. Whats New In Edition 09 This document was generated from the edition 18rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 08 This document was generated from the edition 17rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 07 This document was generated from the edition 16rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 06 This document was generated from the edition 15rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 05 This document was generated from the edition 14rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 04 This document was generated from the edition 13rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 03 This document was generated from the edition 12rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. In Edition 02 This document was generated from the edition 11rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 / 1278 Preface In Edition 01 First official release of document. Audience This manual is designed for OMC-R users, O&M technicians and system designers. Assumed Knowledge Not applicable. 6 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1 Introduction 1 Introduction 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 / 1278 1 Introduction 1.1 Parameter Classification The GSM and GPRS parameters are classified into three categories: Network: customer dependent parameters, related to the network topology, defined by the customer and valid for the complete network (e.g. BTS name, Cell ID, LAC number ...). They can be adjusted by CDE scripts. Site: adjustable parameters from one cell to the next or from one BSC to the next. They are set to a default value. They can be adjusted from the OMC-R. System: fixed parameters, i.e. BSS system mandatory rules or automatically populated in the DLS skeleton and let unchanged because not customer dependent. Some of them are coded in BTS Software and configuration files. 1.2 Parameter Description To each parameter are associated the following characteristics: Logical Parameter Name: Mnemonic conventionally used in Alcatel documentation. Definition: definition/purpose of the parameter. Coding rules:, Rules of coding, when necessary. Mandatory rules: Mandatory relationships or inter-dependence of some data. Recommended rules: Recommended relationships or inter-dependence of some data. Feature: Indicates to which feature the parameter is linked. Category: Category into which the parameter is classified. Instance: Possible instance of the parameter. Value Min/Max values: Possible range of the parameter values. Default value: Parameter value in release B9 for a generic configuration. Modifiable: Indicates if the parameter is modifiable at the OMC-R. Parameter Access: Indicates where the parameter is accessible at the OMC-R. External Comments: Specific information, when necessary, related to the parameter. 8 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1 Site (CAE) 2.1.1 (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n)) - (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n)) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n) Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n) Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 14 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 10 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.2 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC)) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC) Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 126 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 11 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.3 (EN_INBAND_NOTIF) - (EN_INBAND_NOTIF) HMI Name EN_INBAND_NOTIF Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INBAND_NOTIF Definition Flag to disable/enable the in-band notification Coding rules 0: disabled, 1:enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 12 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.4 (EN_INBAND_PAGING) - (EN_INBAND_PAGING) HMI Name EN_INBAND_PAGING Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INBAND_PAGING Definition Flag to disable/enable the in-band paging Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 13 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.5 (EN_UPLINK_REPLY) - (EN_UPLINK_REPLY) HMI Name EN_UPLINK_REPLY Parameter Name Logical Name EN_UPLINK_REPLY Definition Flag to disable/enable the uplink reply procedure Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 14 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.6 (EN_VGCS) - (EN_VGCS) HMI Name EN_VGCS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_VGCS Definition Flag to disable/enable the VGCS in the cell Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to - include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). - to configure, at least, one TRX with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 in the cell. - to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2 Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 15 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.7 (INBAND_PAGING_THR) - (INBAND_PAGING_THR) HMI Name INBAND_PAGING_THR Parameter Name Logical Name INBAND_PAGING_THR Definition If the eMLPP priority included in the Paging message from the MSC is higher than or equal to this parameter, then the BSS shall trigger in-band paging within cells, that are identified to be paged from the PAGING message, and that have existing VGC active. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of inband paging 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 16 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.8 (MAX_VGCS_TS) - (MAX_VGCS_TS) HMI Name MAX_VGCS_TS Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_VGCS_TS Definition Maximum number of radio timeslots that can be used by the VGCS calls in the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS If EN_VGCS= enabled, then "(MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell". If EN_VGCS= disabled, then" MAX_VGCS_TS = 0" Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 127 0 External Comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. To support VGCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_VGCS_TS > 0 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 17 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.9 (MIN_VGCS_TS) - (MIN_VGCS_TS) HMI Name MIN_VGCS_TS Parameter Name Logical Name MIN_VGCS_TS Definition Minimum number of radio timeslots that are reserved for the VGCS calls in the cell in normal situation (point-to-point CS call can NOT use these timeslots). Coding rules Mandatory rules MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS Recommended rules - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended : i) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2 Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 31 0 External Comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 18 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.10 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC)) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Parameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC) Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 19 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.11 (NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_THR) - (NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_THR) HMI Name NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_THR Parameter Name Logical Name NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_THR Definition If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS call. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of other on-going VGCS calls 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 20 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.12 (NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR) - (NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR) HMI Name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR Parameter Name Logical Name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR Definition If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all on-going point to point call whose MS is VGCS capable. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of all on going point to point calls in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 21 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.13 (NOTIF_PCH_THR) - (NOTIF_PCH_THR) HMI Name NOTIF_PCH_THR Parameter Name Logical Name NOTIF_PCH_THR Definition The priority threshold for notification over PCH. The BSS shall consider, for Notification/PCH, only VGCS-Calls which have a priority (eMLPP priority) not below this parameter. If more than one is selected, all these voice group calls shall be notified on PCH and all with the same frequency of occurrence. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on PCH in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 22 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.14 (NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS) - (NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS) HMI Name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Parameter Name Logical Name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Definition This parameter defines the maximum number of blocks usable for NCH. Coding rules Mandatory rules if EN_VGCS is enabled : - BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS - if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 7 2 External Comment The parameter is significant when EN_VGCS is enabled Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 23 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.15 (NY2) - (NY2) HMI Name NY2 Parameter Name Logical Name NY2 Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during an uplink access procedure Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 7 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 24 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.16 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC)) HMI Name PENALTY_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 20 620 20 External Comment Single inhibited (31) Umbrella inhibited (31) Concentric inhibited (31) Concentric Umbrella inhibited (31) Microcell 20 s (0) Minicell 20 s (0) Extended inner cell inhibited (31) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell inhibited (31) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 25 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.17 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC)) HMI Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 26 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.18 (START_UPLINK_REPLY) - (START_UPLINK_REPLY) HMI Name START_UPLINK_REPLY Parameter Name Logical Name START_UPLINK_REPLY Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) during the initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. before sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H) Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 1024 256 External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 27 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.19 (T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY) - (T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY) HMI Name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY Parameter Name Logical Name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY Definition This Timer is used to delay the Multiple SACCH Info Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in order to give the MS a chance to receive the immediately transmitted VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH and SI6 messages Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 100 1000 200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 28 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.20 (T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE) - (T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE) HMI Name T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE Parameter Name Logical Name T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE Definition This parameter defines the repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE message sent on FACCH Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 200 1000 200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 29 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.21 (T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE) - (T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE) HMI Name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE Parameter Name Logical Name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of the UPLINK FREE message, sent to the mobile station. The UPLINK FREE messages shall be repeated as long as no uplink is granted to a mobile station. Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 20 480 200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 30 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.22 (T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS) - (T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS) HMI Name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Parameter Name Logical Name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Definition Guard timer to wait for an Uplink Access. If no such bursts are received at this timer expiry, the BSC releases the voice group call channel in that cell and provide notifications containing no channel description. Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] * T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 3 300 60 External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 31 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.23 (T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK) - (T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK) HMI Name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK Definition Guard timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message from the MSC. Coding rules step size = 500 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 500 5000 500 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 32 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.24 (T14) - (T14) HMI Name T14 Parameter Name Logical Name T14 Definition Maximum queuing time for the VGCS Assignment Requests Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 19 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 33 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.25 (T3115) - (T3115) HMI Name T3115 Parameter Name Logical Name T3115 Definition This timer is used for the repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during the uplink access procedure. If the timer expires before the reception of a correctly decoded frame from MS, the BTS repeats the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message to the requesting MS Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 100 480 200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 34 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.26 (TEMPORARY_OFFSET) - (TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)) HMI Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 infinity 0 External Comment Single 0 dB (0) Umbrella 0 dB (0) Concentric 0 dB (0) Concentric Umbrella 0 dB (0) Microcell infinity (7) Minicell infinity (7) Extended inner cell 0 dB (0) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 dB (0) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 35 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.27 (VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC) - (VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC) HMI Name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC Parameter Name Logical Name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC Definition This parameter defines the type of FR AMR codec used in the network. Coding rules 0 : AMR Full Rate Codec 12,2 kbit/s; 1 : AMR Full Rate Codec 10,2 kbit/s; 2 : AMR Full Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; 3 : AMR Full Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; 4 : AMR Full Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; 5 : AMR Full Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; 6 : AMR Full Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; 7 : AMR Full Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/st; Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 36 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.28 (VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC) - (VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC) HMI Name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC Parameter Name Logical Name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC Definition This parameter defines the type of HR AMR codec used in the network. Coding rules 0 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; 1 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; 2 : AMR Half Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; 3 : AMR Half Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; 4 : AMR Half Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; 5 : AMR Half Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/s; Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 2 5 4 External Comment AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,95 kb/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,4kb/s is not supported as a "stand-alone" codec Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 37 / 1278 2 VGCS Telecom Parameters 2.1.29 (WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS) - (WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS) HMI Name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Parameter Name Logical Name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) per cycle, during the non-initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. after sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H). Each time the value of this counter becomes zero, the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 32 3 External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 38 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 39 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1 Network (CDE) 3.1.1 (CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN) - (CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN) HMI Name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN Parameter Name Logical Name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN Definition Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 50.7 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 40 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.2 (CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE) - (CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE) HMI Name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE Parameter Name Logical Name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 25 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 41 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.3 (CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE) - (CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE) HMI Name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE Parameter Name Logical Name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum radius factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Coding rules step size = 0.01 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 15.28 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 42 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.4 (MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST) - (MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST) HMI Name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST Parameter Name Logical Name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition assistance, real-time integrity. Coding rules bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit 3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1: Almanac is retrieived. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 63 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 43 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.5 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1) HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 Parameter Name Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 Definition The most preferred GPS positioning method. Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 44 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.6 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2) HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 Parameter Name Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 Definition The second preferred GPS positioning method. Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 45 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.7 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3) HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 Parameter Name Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 Definition The third preferred GPS positioning method. Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 46 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.8 (SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT) - (SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT) HMI Name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT Parameter Name Logical Name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data segments. Coding rules step size = 1 second Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 4 10 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 47 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.9 (SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL) - (SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL) HMI Name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL Parameter Name Logical Name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received. Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of retransmissions specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered. Coding rules step size = 1 second Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 4 10 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 48 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.10 (SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS) - (SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS) HMI Name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS Parameter Name Logical Name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment before aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 10 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 49 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.1.11 (T_SAGI_GUARD) - (T_SAGI_GUARD) HMI Name T_SAGI_GUARD Parameter Name Logical Name T_SAGI_GUARD Definition Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server). Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 300 60 External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 50 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2 Site (CAE) 3.2.1 (ARC_SIZE_FACTOR) - (ARC_SIZE_FACTOR) HMI Name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR Parameter Name Logical Name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR Definition Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 1.5 1.2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 51 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.2 (AZIMUTH) - (LCS_AZIMUTH) HMI Name AZIMUTH Parameter Name Logical Name LCS_AZIMUTH Definition Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Coding rules 0: 0 degree,..., 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 360 0 External Comment 0 corresponds to the North orientation and is counted clockwise. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 52 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.3 (EN_CONV_GPS) - (EN_CONV_GPS) HMI Name EN_CONV_GPS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_CONV_GPS Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method Conventional GPS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules EN_CONV_GPS = 0 (from B11 MR3) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. - Only the value 0 is supported (from B11 MR3) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 53 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.4 (EN_LCS) - (EN_LCS (BSC)) HMI Name EN_LCS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_LCS (BSC) Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules - Equal to EN_LCS (MFS) - EN_LCS = "disabled" on BSC G2 (from B11 MR3) - EN_LB and EN_LCS shall not be both enabled at the same time Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only (from B11 MR3). - Only the value 0 is supported on G2 BSC (from B11 MR3) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 54 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.5 (EN_LCS) - (EN_LCS (MFS)) HMI Name EN_LCS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_LCS (MFS) Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules - Equal to EN_LCS (BSC) - EN_LCS = "disabled" on BSC G2 (from B11 MR3) - EN_LB and EN_LCS shall not be both enabled at the same time Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only (from B11 MR3). - Only the value 0 is supported on G2 BSC (from B11 MR3) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 55 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.6 (EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS) - (EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS) HMI Name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Assisted A-GPS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules - EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS = 0 (from B11 MR3) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. - Only the value 0 is supported (from B11 MR3) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 56 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.7 (EN_MS_BASED_AGPS) - (EN_MS_BASED_AGPS) HMI Name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Based A-GPS. Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Mandatory rules - EN_MS_BASED_AGPS = 0 (from B11 MR3) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. - Only the value 0 is supported (from B11 MR3) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 57 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.8 (EN_SAGI) - (EN_SAGI) HMI Name EN_SAGI Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SAGI Definition Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules - EN_SAGI = 0 (from B11 MR3) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - Only the value 0 is supported (from B11 MR3) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 58 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.9 (Geographical Coordinates) - (GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG) HMI Name Geographical Coordinates Parameter Name Logical Name GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG Definition Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not. Coding rules 0: not significant, 1: significant Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 59 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.10 (HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH) - (HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH) HMI Name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH Parameter Name Logical Name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH Definition Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Coding rules 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,..., 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 360 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 60 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.11 (LATITUDE) - (LCS_LATITUDE) HMI Name LATITUDE Parameter Name Logical Name LCS_LATITUDE Definition Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Coding rules Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 90) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for South and false for North) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0,0,0,false 90,59,9999,true # External Comment 1) 0 latitude corresponds to the Equator; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude". Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 61 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.12 (LONGITUDE) - (LCS_LONGITUDE) HMI Name LONGITUDE Parameter Name Logical Name LCS_LONGITUDE Definition Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Coding rules Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 180) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for West and false for East) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0,0,0,false 180,59,9999,true # External Comment 1) 0 longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude". Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 62 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.13 (MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR) - (MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR) HMI Name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR Definition Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Coding rules step size = 0.05 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.5 1 0.6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 63 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.14 (MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR) - (MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR) HMI Name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR Parameter Name Logical Name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR Definition Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Coding rules step size = 0.05 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.5 1 0.85 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 64 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.15 (T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant) - (T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant) HMI Name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant Parameter Name Logical Name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 300 10 External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 65 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.16 (T_LCS_Low_Delay) - (T_LCS_Low_Delay) HMI Name T_LCS_Low_Delay Parameter Name Logical Name T_LCS_Low_Delay Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 180 3 External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 66 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.17 (T_Loc_abort) - (T_Loc_abort) HMI Name T_Loc_abort Parameter Name Logical Name T_Loc_abort Definition BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T_Loc_abort < T_Location Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 30 2 External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 67 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.18 (T_Location) - (T_Location) HMI Name T_Location Parameter Name Logical Name T_Location Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules - Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 300 15 External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 68 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.19 (T_Location_Longer) - (T_Location_Longer) HMI Name T_Location_Longer Parameter Name Logical Name T_Location_Longer Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Recommended rules T_Location_Longer > T_Location Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 300 30 External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS and MS Based A-GPS positioning methods. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 69 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.20 (T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant) - (T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant) HMI Name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant Parameter Name Logical Name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 300 9 External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 70 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 3.2.21 (T_RRLP_Low_Delay) - (T_RRLP_Low_Delay) HMI Name T_RRLP_Low_Delay Parameter Name Logical Name T_RRLP_Low_Delay Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Low Delay Location Request. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 120 2 External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 71 / 1278 3 LCS Telecom Parameters 72 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4 IP Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 73 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1 Site (CAE) 4.1.1 () - (MSC_OFFLOAD_STATE) HMI Name Parameter Name Logical Name MSC_OFFLOAD_STATE Definition State assigned to a given MSC, connected to the BSC (Aflex feature), for the load redistribution function. That function removes the "off loaded" MSC from the list of candidate MSCs on BSS side. Coding rules 0: off loaded 1: on loaded Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment - Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled. - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - If a MSC server is in high load situation, the operator can avoid the MSC to enter the overload situation through the update of that parameter to "off loaded" for the concerned MSC. Parameter change: on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. The complete redistribution of the MS requires the same change done on Core Network side too. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 74 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.2 () - (SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE) HMI Name Parameter Name Logical Name SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE Definition State assigned to a given SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature), for the load redistribution function. That function removes the "off loaded" SGSN from the list of candidate SGSNs on BSS side. Coding rules 0: off loaded 1: on loaded Mandatory rules Recommended rules In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration, for a consistent behaviour of the Gbflex feature, all the NSEs, connected to the same SGSN, must have the same SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance NSE Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment - Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled. - If a SGSN server is in high load situation, the operator can avoid the SGSN to enter the overload situation through the update of that parameter to "off loaded" for all the NSEs of all the BSSs connected to the concerned SGSN. Parameter change: on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. The complete redistribution of the MS requires the same change done on Core Network side too. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 75 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.3 (ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1) - (ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1) HMI Name ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 Parameter Name Logical Name ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 Definition Primary IP adress of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the MSC side. Coding rules coded on 15 characters string Mandatory rules - ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 and ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT shall together uniquely identify a SCTP endpoint inside one MSC - 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem BSC Instance SCTP EndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None None None None External Comment Parameter change: before any modification, the operator must lock the associated A Signalling Link (ASL). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 76 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.4 (ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_2) - (ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_2) HMI Name ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_2 Parameter Name Logical Name ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_2 Definition Secondary IP adress of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the MSC side. It is an optional address used in case of SCTP multihoming in MSC side. Coding rules coded on 15 characters string Mandatory rules - 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem BSC Instance SCTP EndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None None None None External Comment Parameter change: before any modification, the operator must lock the associated A Signalling Link (ASL). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 77 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.5 (ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST) - (ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST) HMI Name ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST Parameter Name Logical Name ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST Definition List of the SCTP endpoints (used by M3UA protocol) on the MSC side. Up to 4 endpoints can be defined in that list. Coding rules coded as an array of 4 entries Each entry is an SCTP endpoint, composed of ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1, ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT and ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_2 Mandatory rules When the MSC TRAFFIC_MODE is in load sharing, the number of SCTP endpoints configured in the ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST must be equal or greater than MIN_NB_ACTIVE_ Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None None None None External Comment Parameter change: before any modification, the operator must lock the associated A Signalling Link(s) (ASL). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 78 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.6 (ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT) - (ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT) HMI Name ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT Parameter Name Logical Name ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT Definition Port of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the MSC side. Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 and ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT shall together uniquely identify a SCTP endpoint inside one MSC Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance SCTP EndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 None External Comment Parameter change: before any modification, the operator must lock the associated A Signalling Link (ASL). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 79 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.7 (EN_A_FLEX) - (EN_A_FLEX) HMI Name EN_A_FLEX Parameter Name Logical Name EN_A_FLEX Definition Enables/disables the support of the "Aflex" feature (for signaling traffic). The Aflex feature allows a BSS to be connected to more than one MSC. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_A_FLEX is enabled only if EN_ASIG_OVER_IP is enabled When EN_A_FLEX is enabled, up to 16 MSCs can be connected to one BSC. When EN_A_FLEX is disabled, only one MSC can be connected to one BSC. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Support of A-Flex by the MSC server is mandatory. - Support of Virtual MGW feature by the Media Gateway is mandatory. Parameter change: Before disabling the feature from the BSC side, the operator must delete all the excessive MSCs (except one, ie no more than one MSC connected to the BSC). Before enabling the feature, the operator must have configured the NULL_NRI and NRI_LENGTH parameters. Then the Aflex feature deals with the unlocked MSC(s). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 80 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.8 (EN_ASIG_OVER_IP) - (EN_ASIG_OVER_IP) HMI Name EN_ASIG_OVER_IP Parameter Name Logical Name EN_ASIG_OVER_IP Definition Enables/disables the support of "A signalling over IP" Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules - EN_A_FLEX is enabled only if EN_ASIG_OVER_IP is enabled. - EN_ASIG_OVER_IP can be enabled if, at least, one MSC SCTP endpoint has been configured. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: A BSC reset procedure is needed, after modification, to resynchronize all the channels of the A interface. This BSC reset leads to a total outage of several minutes. No telecom service is provided during this procedure. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 81 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.9 (EN_GB_FLEX) - (EN_GB_FLEX) HMI Name EN_GB_FLEX Parameter Name Logical Name EN_GB_FLEX Definition Enables/disables the support of the "Gbflex" feature (for data and signaling traffic). The GbFlex feature allows a BSS to be connected to more than one SGSN. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules - EN_GB_FLEX is enabled only if Gb_Transport_Mode is IP - If Gb_Transport_Mode is FR then EN_GB_FLEX must be disabled - EN_GB_FLEX is enabled only if SGSNR = 1 - When EN_GB_FLEX is enabled, up to 8 SGSNs can be connected to one BSS. - When EN_GB_FLEX is disabled, only one SGSN can be connected to one BSS. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Support of Gb-Flex by the SGSN is mandatory. Parameter change: no impact on the on going telecom service. Before disabling the feature from the MFS side, the operator shall delete all the excessive NSEs (no more than one NSE per GPU, ie no more than one SGSN connected to the BSS). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 82 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.10 (Gb_Configuration_Type) - (Gb_Configuration_Type) HMI Name Gb_Configuration_Type Parameter Name Logical Name Gb_Configuration_Type Definition Configuration type used with Gb over IP. In case of static configuration, the SGSN IP endpoint(s) are given by O&M. In case of dynamic configuration, the SGSN IP endpoint(s) are sent dynamically by the SGSN. For that exchange, at least one pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint is previously given by O&M. Coding rules 0 : Static configuration 1: Dynamic configuration Mandatory rules In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration where Gb_Transport_Mode is IP, all the NSEs connected to the same SGSN, having children SGSN IPendpoint(s), must have the same Gb_Configuration_Type. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem MFS Instance NSE Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Gb_Configuration type is significant only when Gb_Transport mode is IP. Parameter change: before any parameter modification, the operator has to delete the children SGSN IP endpoint(s). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 83 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.11 (GPU_Gb_Base_IP) - (GPU_Gb_Base_IP) HMI Name GPU_Gb_Base_IP Parameter Name Logical Name GPU_Gb_Base_IP Definition Base address of the IP address of the local Gb IP endpoint, used to define the GPU_Gb_IP_Address of each GPU board (for Gb over IP interface). Coding rules coded on 32 bits The last group is set to 000 (base address) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4294967295 None External Comment Parameter change: if Gb_transport_Mode is already in IP mode, a change of this parameter must be followed by a manual reset of the associated GP/GPU (during the IP settings preparation phase, no manual reset is needed since the reset is automatically performed by the MFS at the feature activation time). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 84 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.12 (GPU_Gb_Base_UDP) - (GPU_Gb_Base_UDP) HMI Name GPU_Gb_Base_UDP Parameter Name Logical Name GPU_Gb_Base_UDP Definition Base port number of the UDP port number of the local Gb IP endpoint, used to define the GPU_Gb_UDP_port of each GPU board (for Gb over IP interface). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 63488 64512 64512 External Comment Parameter change: if Gb_transport_Mode is already in IP mode, a change of this parameter must be followed by a manual reset of the associated GP/GPU (during the IP settings preparation phase, no manual reset is needed since the reset is automatically performed by the MFS at the feature activation time). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 85 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.13 (GPU_Gb_IP_Address) - (GPU_Gb_IP_Address) HMI Name GPU_Gb_IP_Address Parameter Name Logical Name GPU_Gb_IP_Address Definition Allows to display the IP address of the local Gb IP endpoint, used by a GPU board in a NSE instance (for Gb over IP interface) Coding rules coded on 32 bits coded default value is for implementation purposes only Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem MFS Instance GPU Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4294967295 None External Comment Calculated by the MFS from the GPU_Gb_Base_IP value. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 86 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.14 (GPU_Gb_UDP_Port) - (GPU_Gb_UDP_Port) HMI Name GPU_Gb_UDP_Port Parameter Name Logical Name GPU_Gb_UDP_Port Definition Allows to display the UDP port number of the local Gb IP endpoint, used by a GPU board in a NSE instance (for Gb over IP interface). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance GPU Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 63488 64512 64512 External Comment equal to GPU_Gb_base_UDP. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 87 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.15 (IP_Address) - (SGSN_IP_Address) HMI Name IP_Address Parameter Name Logical Name SGSN_IP_Address Definition IP address of a SGSN Ipendpoint, used in case of static configuration of Gb over IP interface. IP address of a pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint, used in case of dynamic configuration of Gb over IP interface. Coding rules coded on 32 bits coded default value is for implementation purposes only Mandatory rules - Each SGSN IP EndPoint (SGSN_IP_Address, SGSN_UDP_Port) must be unique per NSE. - in case of static configuration, up to 16 SGSN IP endpoints can be defined per NSE. - In case of dynamic configuration, only a single pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint can be defined per NSE. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem MFS Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4294967295 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 88 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.16 (IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS) - (IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS) HMI Name IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS Parameter Name Logical Name IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS Definition Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of MFS addresses used for Gb telecom protocols Coding rules coded on 32 bits coded default value is for implementation purposes only Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4294967295 None External Comment Parameter change: if Gb_transport_Mode is already in IP mode, a change of this parameter must be followed by a manual reset of the associated GP/GPU (during the IP settings preparation phase, no manual reset is needed since the reset is automatically performed by the MFS at the feature activation time). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 89 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.17 (LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1) - (LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1) HMI Name LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 Parameter Name Logical Name LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 Definition Local primary IP adress of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the BSC side. Coding rules coded on 15 characters string Mandatory rules - LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 and LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT shall together uniquely identify a SCTP endpoint inside the BSC Recommended rules 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem BSC Instance SCTP EndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None None None None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 90 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.18 (LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT) - (LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT) HMI Name LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT Parameter Name Logical Name LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT Definition Local port of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the BSC side. Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 and LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT shall together uniquely identify a SCTP endpoint inside the BSC Recommended rules By default, the LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT values are taken in the range 61953-61999. It is recommended to change these values only in case of IOT issue with the MSC. In this case it is recommended: - to not use values in the range 0..49151 ("well known" and "iana registered" ports) -to avoid the values already used by other BSS protocols using IP, -and especially to not use the ports used by the IP_BSSAsig protocol (to avoid conflicts during the transition from Asig over TDM to Asig over IP). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance SCTP EndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 None External Comment Parameter change: Before any modification of the Local_Asig_SCTP_Endpoint_Port, If the Aflex feature is enabled, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to firstly set the concerned MSC into the "off loaded" state in order to redirect the new traffic towards other MSCs. Then, the operator must lock all the A Signalling Links (ASL) of the modified MSC. Under some circumstances (e.g. that MSC is the only MSC still operational, ie in IT or FIT, state among all the MSCs connected to a BSC), the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked too. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the Local_Asig_SCTP_Endpoint_Port, the locked objects must be unlocked and be "on loaded" again to reopen the telecom service. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 91 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 92 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.19 (MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP) - (MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP) HMI Name MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP Parameter Name Logical Name MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP Definition The minimum number of active IP server processes (IPSP) in the MSC server required to handle the traffic with that MSC. Coding rules Mandatory rules When the MSC TRAFFIC_MODE is in load sharing, the number of SCTP endpoints configured in the ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST must be equal or greater than MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 4 1 External Comment - This parameter is significant when the TRAFFIC_MODE of the MSC is load sharing mode. - Parameter change: before any modification of the MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP, If the Aflex feature is enabled, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to firstly set the concerned MSC into the "off loaded" state in order to redirect the new traffic towards other MSCs. Then, the operator must lock all the A Signalling Links (ASL) of the modified MSC. Under some circumstances (e.g. that MSC is the only MSC still operational, ie in IT or FIT, state among all the MSCs connected to a BSC), the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked too. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP, the locked objects must be unlocked and be "on loaded" again to reopen the telecom service. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 93 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.20 (MSC_CN_ID) - (MSC_CN_ID) HMI Name MSC_CN_ID Parameter Name Logical Name MSC_CN_ID Definition This parameter indicates, within a given PLMN, the Core Network Identifier. It is part of the Global Core Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id), which uniquely identifies a MSC for the Aflex feature. Coding rules coded on 2 bytes The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any MSC identifier yet. Mandatory rules - All the MSCs, connected to one BSC, must have different MSC_CN_ID. Recommended rules - The operator must control that, in a PLMN, 2 MSCs must have 2 different MSC_CN_ID. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4095 None External Comment - Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - The operator must control that the BSC and all the MSCs connected to that BSC via Aflex feature must belong to the same PLMN. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 94 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.21 (MSC_MCC) - (MSC_MCC) HMI Name MSC_MCC Parameter Name Logical Name MSC_MCC Definition Mobile Country Code of the MSC, connected to the BSC. It is part of the Global Core Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id), which uniquely identifies a MSC for the Aflex feature. Coding rules 3 digits BCD The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any MCC yet. Mandatory rules The OMC-R initializes the parameter with the MCC field of the BSC-OwnPLMN. It is not changeable on the HMI. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 None External Comment - Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - The operator must control that the BSC and all the MSCs connected to that BSC via Aflex feature must belong to the same PLMN. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 95 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.22 (MSC_MNC) - (MSC_MNC) HMI Name MSC_MNC Parameter Name Logical Name MSC_MNC Definition Mobile Network Code of the MSC, connected to the BSC. It is part of the Global Core Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id), which uniquely identifies a MSC for the Aflex feature. Coding rules 3 digits BCD The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any MNC yet. Mandatory rules The OMC-R initializes the parameter with the MNC field of the BSC-OwnPLMN. It is not changeable on the HMI. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 None External Comment - Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - The operator must control that the BSC and all the MSCs connected to that BSC via Aflex feature must belong to the same PLMN. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 96 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.23 (MSC_SPC) - (MSC_SPC) HMI Name MSC_SPC Parameter Name Logical Name MSC_SPC Definition Signalling Point Code of a given MSC, connected to the BSC. Coding rules coded over 14 bits Mandatory rules All the MSCs connected to one BSC must have different MSC_SPC. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16383 None External Comment - Significant only if EN_ASIG_OVER_IP is set to TRUE - "A signalling over IP" function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: Before any modification of the MSC_SPC, If the Aflex feature is enabled, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to firstly set the concerned MSC into the "off loaded" state in order to redirect the new traffic towards other MSCs. Then, the operator must lock all the A Signalling Links (ASL) of the modified MSC. Under some circumstances (e.g. that MSC is the only MSC still operational, ie in IT or FIT, state among all the MSCs connected to a BSC), the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked too. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the MSC_SPC, the locked objects must be unlocked and be "on loaded" again to reopen the telecom service. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 97 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.24 (MSC_WEIGHT) - (MSC_WEIGHT) HMI Name MSC_WEIGHT Parameter Name Logical Name MSC_WEIGHT Definition Weight assigned to a MSC, connected to the BSC (Aflex feature), for the load balancing function. A high value is to be associated to a high capacity MSC. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set a weight value consistent with the number of A-trunks connected to that MSC. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 1 External Comment - Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 98 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.25 (NRI_LENGTH) - (NRI_LENGTH) HMI Name NRI_LENGTH Parameter Name Logical Name NRI_LENGTH Definition This parameter defined the configurable length of a NRI (Network Resource Identification), expressed as a number of bits It is used by the BSC to derive the NRI value from the received temporary identity TMSI, and to identify the serving MSC, connected to the BSC (Aflex feature). The NRI is coded starting from the bit 23 (the most significant bit of the NRI) of the TMSI, regardless of the NRI length. Coding rules The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any length value yet. Mandatory rules - Each NRI of the list <= 2^NRI_LENGTH - 1 - NULL_NRI <= 2^NRI_LENGTH 1 Recommended rules - The operator must control that the same NRI_LENGTH is configured in all the BSSs belonging to a same pool area. - A larger length allows to define/connect more MSCs per CS pool area, but reduce the number of available TMSI for a given time period, since the NRI is part of the TMSI. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 None External Comment - Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 99 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.26 (NRI_LENGTH_PS) - (NRI_LENGTH_PS) HMI Name NRI_LENGTH_PS Parameter Name Logical Name NRI_LENGTH_PS Definition This parameter defined the configurable length of a NRI (Network Resource Identification), expressed as a number of bits It is used by the MFS to derive the NRI value from the received TLLI, and to identify the serving SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature). The NRI is coded starting from the bit 23 (the most significant bit of the NRI) of the TLLI, regardless of the NRI length. Coding rules Mandatory rules - Each NRI of the list <= 2^NRI_LENGTH_PS 1 - NULL_NRI_PS <= 2^NRI_LENGTH_PS 1 Recommended rules The operator must control that the same NRI_LENGTH_PS is configured in all the BSSs belonging to a same pool area. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 None External Comment Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled. Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 100 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.27 (NRI_LIST) - (NRI_LIST) HMI Name NRI_LIST Parameter Name Logical Name NRI_LIST Definition List of the Network Resource Identifiers, associated to a given MSC, connected to the BSC (Aflex feature). Up to 8 NRIs can be defined per MSC. The NRI is part of the temporary identity TMSI, which is assigned by the serving MSC to the MS. The BSC derives the NRI from any Initial layer 3 message, in order to identify the serving MSC. Coding rules Coded on 2 bytes The empty list (length = 0) value 1024 is for implementation purpose only; this dummy list indicates that the operator does not provide any NRI yet. Mandatory rules - 2 different MSCs, connected to the BSC, must have 2 different NRI_LIST. - A NRI shall be unique among all the NRI_LIST of all the MSCs connected to the BSC (and especially when the BSC is in the overlapping zone of 2 CS pool areas). - Each NRI of the list <= 2^NRI_LENGTH 1 - The NULL_NRI shall not be included in any NRI_LIST of any MSCs connected to the BSC - When EN_A_FLEX is enabled, the NRI_LIST must contain at least one NRI Recommended rules - The operator must control that one NRI shall be unique among all the NRI_LIST of all the MSCs, which serve in parallel a given CS pool area. - When several BSCs, belonging to the same CS pool area, are connected to the same MSC, the operator must control that the NRI_LIST of that MSC is configured with the same value in each BSC of the CS pool area. Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1023 None External Comment - Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 101 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 102 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.28 (NRI_LIST_PS) - (NRI_LIST_PS) HMI Name NRI_LIST_PS Parameter Name Logical Name NRI_LIST_PS Definition List of the Network Resource Identifiers, associated to a given SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature). Up to 8 NRIs can be defined per SGSN (and at least one). The NRI is part of the temporary identity P-TMSI, which is assigned by the serving SGSN to the MS. The MFS derives the NRI from the TLLI received from the MS, in order to identify the serving SGSN. Coding rules coded on 2 bytes The value 1024 is only defined for implementation purpose (it is not a valid value). Mandatory rules - In a BSS, 2 different SGSNs must have 2 different NRI_LIST_PS. - A NRI shall be unique among all the NRI_LIST_PS of all the NSEs of one GP /GPU. - Each NRI of the list <= 2^NRI_LENGTH_PS 1 - For a BSS, the NULL_NRI_PS shall not be included in any NRI_LIST_PS of any NSE connected to that BSS. Recommended rules - For all the BSSs belonging to a same pool area, the NSEs connected to one SGSN must all have the same NRI_LIST_PS, in order for a MS to be served by that dedicated SGSN inside the whole pool area (area belonging or not to the same MFS) - In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration, for a consistent behaviour of the Gbflex feature, all the NSEs, connected to one SGSN, must have the same NRI_LIST_PS. Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem MFS Instance NSE Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1024 None External Comment Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 103 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.29 (NULL_NRI) - (NULL_NRI) HMI Name NULL_NRI Parameter Name Logical Name NULL_NRI Definition Upon reception of a message with that dummy/reserved NRI included, the BSC uses the load balancing algorithm for selecting one MSC, among the "on loaded" MSC connected to the BSC (Aflex feature), and for re-routing the received message to that MSC. Coding rules coded on 2 bytes The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any null NRI yet. Mandatory rules - NULL_NRI <= 2^NRI_LENGTH - 1 - The NULL_NRI shall not be included in any NRI_LIST of any MSCs connected to the BSC. Recommended rules The operator must control that the NULL_NRI is common inside all the BSSs of one PLMN. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1023 None External Comment - Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 104 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.30 (NULL_NRI_PS) - (NULL_NRI_PS) HMI Name NULL_NRI_PS Parameter Name Logical Name NULL_NRI_PS Definition In UL cases, upon TLLI reception with that dummy/reserved NRI included, while a SGSN is not already selected for a mobile, the MFS uses the load balancing algorithm for selecting one SGSN among the "on loaded" SGSN connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature). Coding rules coded on 2 bytes Mandatory rules - NULL_NRI_PS <= 2^NRI_LENGTH_PS 1 - For a BSS, the NULL_NRI_PS shall not be included in any NRI_LIST_PS of any NSE connected to that BSS. Recommended rules The operator must control that the NULL_NRI_PS is common inside all the BSSs of one PLMN Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1023 None External Comment Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 105 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.31 (Peer_NSE_Data_Weight) - (Peer_NSE_Data_Weight) HMI Name Peer_NSE_Data_Weight Parameter Name Logical Name Peer_NSE_Data_Weight Definition Indicates the data weight assigned to the peer NSE, in case of static configuration of the Gb over IP interface. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 10 External Comment Declared by the operator in case of static configuration. If Peer_NSE_Data_Weight=0, the SGSN IP endpoint will not be selected as a data endpoint by the load sharing function. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 106 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.32 (Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight) - (Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight) HMI Name Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight Parameter Name Logical Name Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight Definition Indicates the signalling weight assigned to the peer NSE, in case of static configuration of the Gb over IP interface. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 10 External Comment Declared by the operator in case of static configuration. If Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight=0, the SGSN IP endpoint will not be selected as a signalling endpoint. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 107 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.33 (Port_Number) - (SGSN_UDP_Port) HMI Name Port_Number Parameter Name Logical Name SGSN_UDP_Port Definition UDP port number of a SGSN Ipendpoint, used in case of static configuration of Gb over IP interface. UDP port number of a pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint, used in case of dynamic configuration of Gb over IP interface. Coding rules Mandatory rules - Each SGSN IP EndPoint (SGSN_IP_Address, SGSN_UDP_Port) must be unique per NSE. - in case of static configuration, up to 16 SGSN IP endpoints can be defined per NSE. - In case of dynamic configuration, only a single pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint can be defined per NSE. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1024 65535 49152 External Comment Following IANA.org: "Registered Ports" are in the range 1024-49151 and "Dynamic and/or Private Ports" are those from 49152 through 65535 (ALU BSS ports are taken in the private range, however SGSN ports taken in the registered ports are accepted by the ALU BSS). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 108 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.34 (SGSN_ID) - (CN_ID_PS) HMI Name SGSN_ID Parameter Name Logical Name CN_ID_PS Definition This parameter uniquely identifies one SGSN inside one BSS for the Gbflex feature. For that, the operator has the possibility to use the Core Network Identifier, which is part of the Global Core Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id). But in such case, the same identifier can identify 2 different SGSN, belonging to 2 different PLMN. Coding rules coded on 2 bytes Mandatory rules - All the NSEs of one GP/GPU must have different CN_ID_PS. Recommended rules - The operator must control that, in a BSS, 2 SGSNs must have 2 different CN_ID_PS. - For a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration, for a consistent behaviour of the Gbflex feature, the operator must connect all the GP/GPU(s) to the same SGSN(s) and define the same CN_ID_PS on all the NSEs, connected to one SGSN. - It is highly recommended to extend that rule (same CN_ID_PS value for all the NSEs connected to one SGSN) in all the BSSs managed by the MFS; and even more, in the whole managed network. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance NSE Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 None External Comment - Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled - The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. - The operator must control that the BSS and all the SGSNs connected to that BSS via Gbflex feature must belong to the same PLMN. Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 109 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.35 (SGSN_WEIGHT) - (SGSN_WEIGHT) HMI Name SGSN_WEIGHT Parameter Name Logical Name SGSN_WEIGHT Definition Weight assigned to a SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature), for the load balancing function. A high value is to be associated to a high capacity SGSN, because it will be chosen more often than a SGSN with a lower weight (e.g. a SGSN with weight = 10 will be chosen twice as often as a SGSN with weight = 5). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration, for a consistent behaviour of the Gbflex feature, all the NSEs, connected to the same SGSN, must have the same SGSN_WEIGHT. Same rule is to be extended to all the NSEs of all the BSSs belonging to a same pool area, and connected to the same SGSN. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance NSE Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 1 External Comment Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 110 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.36 (SLOW_MOVING_FACTOR) - (SLOW_MOVING_FACTOR) HMI Name SLOW_MOVING_FACTOR Parameter Name Logical Name SLOW_MOVING_FACTOR Definition Number of times one SGSN is used, once selected by the Node Selection Function. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules There is no advantage to define different values for the BSSs of the MFS. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 100 10 External Comment Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 111 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.37 (START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC) - (START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC) HMI Name START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC Parameter Name Logical Name START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC Definition First IP address for the range of telecom addresses shown to the external world. The BSC deduces every address of its telecom endpoint from this base address. Coding rules coded on 15 characters string Mandatory rules Recommended rules - 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None None None None External Comment Parameter change: when this parameter is changed from the BSC operator terminal, the BSC resets autonomously. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 112 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.38 (TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC) - (TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC) HMI Name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC Parameter Name Logical Name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC Definition Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of BSC addresses used for telecom protocols Coding rules coded on 15 characters string Mandatory rules Recommended rules - 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Category Site (CAE) Type IP address SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None None None None External Comment Parameter change: Changing the IP configuration (e.g. subnet mask, and so routing table) of any IP equipment of the network (BSC included) may impact the ongoing traffic. Usually, the change is also to be done accordingly in the gateway(s). As consequence, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to shut down the traffic before any change. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 113 / 1278 4 IP Telecom Parameters 4.1.39 (TRAFFIC_MODE) - (TRAFFIC_MODE) HMI Name TRAFFIC_MODE Parameter Name Logical Name TRAFFIC_MODE Definition Traffic mode of the MSC server. Coding rules 0: load sharing mode (ie the traffic is distributed over all the active IPSPs) 1 :override mode (ie only one of the IPSPs handle the traffic) 2: broadcast mode (ie all the active IPSPs receive the same messages) Mandatory rules - The value "broadcast mode" is not allowed. - When the MSC TRAFFIC_MODE is in load sharing, the number of SCTP endpoints configured in the ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST must be equal or greater than MIN_NB_ACTIVE_ Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance MSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment - Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. - The broadcast mode is not supported by the BSS. - Parameter change: Before any modification of the TRAFFIC_MODE, If the Aflex feature is enabled, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to firstly set the concerned MSC into the "off loaded" state in order to redirect the new traffic towards other MSCs. Then, the operator must lock all the A Signalling Links (ASL) of the modified MSC. Under some circumstances (e.g. that MSC is the only MSC still operational, ie in IT or FIT, state among all the MSCs connected to a BSC), the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked too. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the TRAFFIC_MODE, the locked objects must be unlocked and be "on loaded" again to reopen the telecom service. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 114 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 115 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1 Network (CDE) 5.1.1 (ADDR_MON) - (ADDR_MON) HMI Name ADDR_MON Parameter Name Logical Name ADDR_MON Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 116 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.2 (ADDR_TR) - (ADDR_TR) HMI Name ADDR_TR Parameter Name Logical Name ADDR_TR Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 60 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 117 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.3 (Autocleaning_Timer) - (T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP) HMI Name Autocleaning_Timer Parameter Name Logical Name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules - In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0. - Alcatel-Lucent recommends to configure the present BSS guard timer strictly greater than Max(RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS, RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR) x 0.480 sec of any cells of the BSS in order to let the radio link failure defence mechanism ended before internal cleanup. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 255 40 External Comment T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 118 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.4 (BF_HI_RX) - (BF_HI_RX) HMI Name BF_HI_RX Parameter Name Logical Name BF_HI_RX Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 80 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 119 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.5 (BF_HI_TX) - (BF_HI_TX) HMI Name BF_HI_TX Parameter Name Logical Name BF_HI_TX Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 30 16 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 120 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.6 (BF_LO_RX) - (BF_LO_RX) HMI Name BF_LO_RX Parameter Name Logical Name BF_LO_RX Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 70 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 121 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.7 (BF_LO_TX) - (BF_LO_TX) HMI Name BF_LO_TX Parameter Name Logical Name BF_LO_TX Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 30 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 122 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.8 (CGI_REQUIRED) - (CGI_REQD) HMI Name CGI_REQUIRED Parameter Name Logical Name CGI_REQD Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Mandatory rules Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 123 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.9 (COUNT_DECR) - (COUNT_DECR) HMI Name COUNT_DECR Parameter Name Logical Name COUNT_DECR Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 124 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.10 (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD) - (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD) HMI Name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD Parameter Name Logical Name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 50 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 125 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.11 (COUNT_INCR_1) - (COUNT_INCR_1) HMI Name COUNT_INCR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name COUNT_INCR_1 Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 10 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 126 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.12 (COUNT_INCR_2) - (COUNT_INCR_2) HMI Name COUNT_INCR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name COUNT_INCR_2 Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 127 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.13 (CRC_MON) - (CRC_MON) HMI Name CRC_MON Parameter Name Logical Name CRC_MON Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 128 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.14 (CRC_TR) - (CRC_TR) HMI Name CRC_TR Parameter Name Logical Name CRC_TR Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 129 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.15 (EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY) - (EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY) HMI Name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY Parameter Name Logical Name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY Definition Defines if the G1 non-capable MS is supported or not in the network Coding rules 0: G1 non-capable MS-s are only supported in the cells where the BCCH is not configured on the G1 band (i.e. BCCH is configured on PGSM band or on DCS1800 band). 1: G1 non-capable MS-s are not supported in any cell that contains at least one G1 TRX of the network (Note these MS-s are still supported in other cells). Mandatory rules When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to "0", if the BCCH is not configured on the G1 band (i.e. BCCH is configured on PGSM band or on DCS1800 band), then: 1) the OMC-R does not allow the operator to define the CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a G1 TRX. 2) TRX_PREF_MARK must be <> 0 for a hopping G1 TRX. Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 130 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.16 (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF) - (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF) HMI Name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF Parameter Name Logical Name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a "dual rate, half-rate preferred", to allocate a full rate channel. Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 131 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.17 (I_TX_LAPD) - (I_TX_LAPD) HMI Name I_TX_LAPD Parameter Name Logical Name I_TX_LAPD Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 5 204 105 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 132 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.18 (LB_DECR) - (LB_DECR) HMI Name LB_DECR Parameter Name Logical Name LB_DECR Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 133 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.19 (LB_INCR) - (LB_INCR) HMI Name LB_INCR Parameter Name Logical Name LB_INCR Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 134 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.20 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 135 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.21 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 136 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.22 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 137 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.23 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 138 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.24 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 40 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 139 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.25 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 140 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.26 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 141 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.27 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 142 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.28 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 143 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.29 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]) HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 144 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.30 (NBLK) - (NBLK) HMI Name NBLK Parameter Name Logical Name NBLK Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 145 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.31 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1) HMI Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Parameter Name Logical Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 146 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.32 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2) HMI Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Parameter Name Logical Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 147 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.33 (NUBLK) - (NUBLK) HMI Name NUBLK Parameter Name Logical Name NUBLK Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 148 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.34 (PROT_MON) - (PROT_MON) HMI Name PROT_MON Parameter Name Logical Name PROT_MON Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 149 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.35 (PROT_TH) - (PROT_TH) HMI Name PROT_TH Parameter Name Logical Name PROT_TH Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 150 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.36 (RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB) - (RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB) HMI Name RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB Parameter Name Logical Name RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB Definition Maximum number of measured neighbour frequencies, reported by the BTS to the BSC in the Radio Measurements. The actual number, reported by a TRE, depends on its generation. One frequency, identified by one (BCCH frequency/BSIC) couple, is reported into one CI vector. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Configuring a multiple of 14 as value allows optimizing the block usage in the RMS measurements returned to OMC in the performance counters. Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 42 154 84 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Significant only if EN_MORE_RMS_BCCH_BSIC is enabled. - A G3 TRE supports up to 84 (BCCH frequency/BSIC) couples; others up to 154 couples. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 151 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.37 (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD) - (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD) HMI Name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 16 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 152 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.38 (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY) - (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY) HMI Name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY Parameter Name Logical Name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 10 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 153 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.39 (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY) - (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY) HMI Name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY Parameter Name Logical Name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 10 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 154 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.40 (SMS_INHIBIT) - (SMS_INHIBIT) HMI Name SMS_INHIBIT Parameter Name Logical Name SMS_INHIBIT Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support. Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 155 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.41 (SSF) - (SSF) HMI Name SSF Parameter Name Logical Name SSF Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 12 12 External Comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 156 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.42 (T_BTS_EST_CNF) - (T_BTS_EST_CNF) HMI Name T_BTS_EST_CNF Parameter Name Logical Name T_BTS_EST_CNF Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 157 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.43 (T_BTS_RLS_CNF) - (T_BTS_RLS_CNF) HMI Name T_BTS_RLS_CNF Parameter Name Logical Name T_BTS_RLS_CNF Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 158 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.44 (T_CBC_READY) - (T_CBC_READY) HMI Name T_CBC_READY Parameter Name Logical Name T_CBC_READY Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. Coding rules step size: 1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 10 600 300 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 159 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.45 (T_COUNT_I) - (T_COUNT_I) HMI Name T_COUNT_I Parameter Name Logical Name T_COUNT_I Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 50 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 160 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.46 (T_i) - (T_i) HMI Name T_i Parameter Name Logical Name T_i Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 120 22 External Comment Some "slow" MSC (e.g. legacy MSC) may take more than one minute to reply the BSC request (e.g. the SST message sent by the BSC). If the BSC is connected to such kind of "slow" MSC, increasing the T_i value up to 120 seconds may be necessary. Otherwise after T_i expiry, the BSC triggers an unexpected Internal Reset procedure. This leads to telecom outage for several minutes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 161 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.47 (T_LB_OV) - (T_LB_OV) HMI Name T_LB_OV Parameter Name Logical Name T_LB_OV Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 25.5 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 162 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.48 (T_OVL_MSC) - (T_OVL_MSC) HMI Name T_OVL_MSC Parameter Name Logical Name T_OVL_MSC Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 6553.5 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 163 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.49 (T_RCR_ACK) - (T_RCR_ACK) HMI Name T_RCR_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name T_RCR_ACK Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 164 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.50 (T_SMSCB_RESP) - (T_SMSCB_RESP) HMI Name T_SMSCB_RESP Parameter Name Logical Name T_SMSCB_RESP Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 10 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 165 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.51 (T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL) - (T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL) HMI Name T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL Parameter Name Logical Name T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL Definition This timer defines the time that, upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication message indicating that the TCH resource allocated to a DTM capable MS is being released at the BSC side, the MFS shall wait before releasing the TCH resource in its turn. Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 0 5000 1000 External Comment The value "0" indicates that, upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication message, the MFS shall release immediately the related TCH resource. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 166 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.52 (T1_0858) - (T1_0858) HMI Name T1_0858 Parameter Name Logical Name T1_0858 Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 3 6553.5 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 167 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.53 (T2_0858) - (T2_0858) HMI Name T2_0858 Parameter Name Logical Name T2_0858 Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 3 6553.5 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 168 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.54 (T9101) - (T9101) HMI Name T9101 Parameter Name Logical Name T9101 Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 169 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.55 (T9103) - (T9103) HMI Name T9103 Parameter Name Logical Name T9103 Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 170 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.56 (T9108) - (T9108) HMI Name T9108 Parameter Name Logical Name T9108 Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 171 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.57 (T9110) - (T9110) HMI Name T9110 Parameter Name Logical Name T9110 Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received). Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 172 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.58 (TCH_INFO_PERIOD) - (TCH_INFO_PERIOD) HMI Name TCH_INFO_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name TCH_INFO_PERIOD Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. Coding rules stepsize = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 2 25.5 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 173 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.59 (THR_LB_OV) - (THR_LB_OV) HMI Name THR_LB_OV Parameter Name Logical Name THR_LB_OV Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 50 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 174 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.60 (THRESHOLD_1_0) - (THRESHOLD_1_0) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_0 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_0 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 0. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 25 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 175 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.61 (THRESHOLD_1_1) - (THRESHOLD_1_1) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_1 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_1 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 1. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_1 >= THRESHOLD_2_1 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 28 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 176 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.62 (THRESHOLD_1_10) - (THRESHOLD_1_10) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_10 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_10 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 10. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_10 >= THRESHOLD_2_10 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 55 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 177 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.63 (THRESHOLD_1_2) - (THRESHOLD_1_2) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_2 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_2 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 2. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_2 >= THRESHOLD_2_2 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 31 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 178 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.64 (THRESHOLD_1_3) - (THRESHOLD_1_3) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_3 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_3 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 3. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_3 >= THRESHOLD_2_3 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 34 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 179 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.65 (THRESHOLD_1_4) - (THRESHOLD_1_4) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_4 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_4 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 4. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_4 >= THRESHOLD_2_4 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 37 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 180 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.66 (THRESHOLD_1_5) - (THRESHOLD_1_5) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_5 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_5 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 5. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_5 >= THRESHOLD_2_5 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 40 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 181 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.67 (THRESHOLD_1_6) - (THRESHOLD_1_6) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_6 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_6 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 6. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_6 >= THRESHOLD_2_6 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 43 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 182 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.68 (THRESHOLD_1_7) - (THRESHOLD_1_7) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_7 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_7 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 7. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_7 >= THRESHOLD_2_7 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 46 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 183 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.69 (THRESHOLD_1_8) - (THRESHOLD_1_8) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_8 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_8 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 8. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_8 >= THRESHOLD_2_8 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 49 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 184 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.70 (THRESHOLD_1_9) - (THRESHOLD_1_9) HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_9 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_9 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 9. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_9 >= THRESHOLD_2_9 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 52 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 185 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.71 (THRESHOLD_2_0) - (THRESHOLD_2_0) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_0 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_0 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 0. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 22 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 186 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.72 (THRESHOLD_2_1) - (THRESHOLD_2_1) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_1 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_1 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 1. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_1 <= THRESHOLD_1_1 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 25 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 187 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.73 (THRESHOLD_2_10) - (THRESHOLD_2_10) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_10 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_10 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 10. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_10 <= THRESHOLD_1_10 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 52 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 188 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.74 (THRESHOLD_2_2) - (THRESHOLD_2_2) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_2 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_2 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 2. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_2 <= THRESHOLD_1_2 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 28 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 189 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.75 (THRESHOLD_2_3) - (THRESHOLD_2_3) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_3 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_3 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 3. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_3 <= THRESHOLD_1_3 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 31 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 190 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.76 (THRESHOLD_2_4) - (THRESHOLD_2_4) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_4 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_4 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 4. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_4 <= THRESHOLD_1_4 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 34 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 191 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.77 (THRESHOLD_2_5) - (THRESHOLD_2_5) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_5 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_5 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 5. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_5 <= THRESHOLD_1_5 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 37 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 192 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.78 (THRESHOLD_2_6) - (THRESHOLD_2_6) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_6 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_6 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 6. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_6 <= THRESHOLD_1_6 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 40 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 193 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.79 (THRESHOLD_2_7) - (THRESHOLD_2_7) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_7 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_7 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 7. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_7 <= THRESHOLD_1_7 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 43 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 194 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.80 (THRESHOLD_2_8) - (THRESHOLD_2_8) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_8 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_8 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 8. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_8 <= THRESHOLD_1_8 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 46 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 195 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.81 (THRESHOLD_2_9) - (THRESHOLD_2_9) HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_9 Parameter Name Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_9 Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 9. Coding rules Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_9 <= THRESHOLD_1_9 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 49 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 196 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.82 (TL_TCUA) - (TL_TCUA) HMI Name TL_TCUA Parameter Name Logical Name TL_TCUA Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 50 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 197 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.83 (TL0) - (TL0) HMI Name TL0 Parameter Name Logical Name TL0 Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0. Coding rules Mandatory rules TL0 < TL3 < TL4 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 60 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 198 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.84 (TL1) - (TL1) HMI Name TL1 Parameter Name Logical Name TL1 Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. Coding rules Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 70 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 199 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.85 (TL2) - (TL2) HMI Name TL2 Parameter Name Logical Name TL2 Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. Coding rules Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 85 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 200 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.86 (TL3) - (TL3) HMI Name TL3 Parameter Name Logical Name TL3 Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level: 1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "High Overload" state if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4"; 2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in "Very High Overload" State if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4"; 3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "Low Overload" state if "TL0 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL3. Coding rules Mandatory rules T0 < TL3 < TL4 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 75 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 201 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.87 (TL4) - (TL4) HMI Name TL4 Parameter Name Logical Name TL4 Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Very High Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4. Coding rules Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3 > TL0 Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 95 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 202 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.88 (TRG_SDCCH) - (TRG_SDCCH) HMI Name TRG_SDCCH Parameter Name Logical Name TRG_SDCCH Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC proc Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 203 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.1.89 (TS_TCUA) - (TS_TCUA) HMI Name TS_TCUA Parameter Name Logical Name TS_TCUA Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 50 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 204 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2 Site (CAE) 5.2.1 (A_LEV_HO) - (A_LEV_HO) HMI Name A_LEV_HO Parameter Name Logical Name A_LEV_HO Definition Window size for level averages for handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 31 8 External Comment Single 8 Umbrella 8 Concentric 8 Concentric Umbrella 8 Microcell 4 Minicell 8 Extended inner cell 8 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 8 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 205 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.2 (A_LEV_MCHO) - (A_LEV_MCHO) HMI Name A_LEV_MCHO Parameter Name Logical Name A_LEV_MCHO Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 15 2 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell 2 Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 206 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.3 (A_LEV_PC) - (A_LEV_PC) HMI Name A_LEV_PC Parameter Name Logical Name A_LEV_PC Definition Window size for level averages for power control. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 31 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 207 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.4 (A_PBGT_DR) - (A_PBGT_DR) HMI Name A_PBGT_DR Parameter Name Logical Name A_PBGT_DR Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 15 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 208 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.5 (A_PBGT_HO) - (A_PBGT_HO) HMI Name A_PBGT_HO Parameter Name Logical Name A_PBGT_HO Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget calculation. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 31 16 External Comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area Single 12 Umbrella 12 Concentric 12 Concentric Umbrella 12 Microcell 6 Minicell 12 Extended inner cell 12 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 12 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 209 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.6 (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR) - (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR) HMI Name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR Parameter Name Logical Name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR-NB FR-to-HR channel adaptation (handover Cause 27). Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 61 61 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 210 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.7 (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR) - (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR) HMI Name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Parameter Name Logical Name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR-NB HR-to-FR channel adaptation. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 61 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 211 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.8 (A_QUAL_HO) - (A_QUAL_HO) HMI Name A_QUAL_HO Parameter Name Logical Name A_QUAL_HO Definition Window size for quality averages for handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 31 8 External Comment Single 8 Umbrella 8 Concentric 8 Concentric Umbrella 8 Microcell 4 Minicell 8 Extended inner cell 8 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 8 Nb of TRX Dependent No 212 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.9 (A_QUAL_PC) - (A_QUAL_PC) HMI Name A_QUAL_PC Parameter Name Logical Name A_QUAL_PC Definition Window size for quality averages for power control. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 31 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 213 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.10 (A_RANGE_HO) - (A_RANGE_HO) HMI Name A_RANGE_HO Parameter Name Logical Name A_RANGE_HO Definition Window size for distance averages. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 31 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 214 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.11 (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD Parameter Name Logical Name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Window size for load averages. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 16 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 215 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.12 (AC 0) - (AC_0) HMI Name AC 0 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_0 Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 216 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.13 (AC 1) - (AC_1) HMI Name AC 1 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_1 Definition Indicates if Access Class 1 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 217 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.14 (AC 11) - (AC_11) HMI Name AC 11 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_11 Definition Indicates if Access Class 11 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 218 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.15 (AC 12) - (AC_12) HMI Name AC 12 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_12 Definition Indicates if Access Class 12 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 219 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.16 (AC 13) - (AC_13) HMI Name AC 13 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_13 Definition Indicates if Access Class 13 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 220 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.17 (AC 14) - (AC_14) HMI Name AC 14 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_14 Definition Indicates if Access Class 14 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 221 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.18 (AC 15) - (AC_15) HMI Name AC 15 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_15 Definition Indicates if Access Class 15 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 222 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.19 (AC 2) - (AC_2) HMI Name AC 2 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_2 Definition Indicates if Access Class 2 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 223 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.20 (AC 3) - (AC_3) HMI Name AC 3 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_3 Definition Indicates if Access Class 3 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 224 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.21 (AC 4) - (AC_4) HMI Name AC 4 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_4 Definition Indicates if Access Class 4 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 225 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.22 (AC 5) - (AC_5) HMI Name AC 5 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_5 Definition Indicates if Access Class 5 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 226 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.23 (AC 6) - (AC_6) HMI Name AC 6 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_6 Definition Indicates if Access Class 6 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 227 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.24 (AC 7) - (AC_7) HMI Name AC 7 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_7 Definition Indicates if Access Class 7 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 228 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.25 (AC 8) - (AC_8) HMI Name AC 8 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_8 Definition Indicates if Access Class 8 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 229 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.26 (AC 9) - (AC_9) HMI Name AC 9 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_9 Definition Indicates if Access Class 9 is barred. Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 230 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.27 (ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST) - (ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST) HMI Name ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST Parameter Name Logical Name ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST Definition Enables/disables the addition of the legacy HR codec type in the list of supported codec type provided to the TFO remote partner for a given AMR-NB call, when that call is currently established in Half Rate for cell load reason and when TFO is possible for that call (TFO on AMR-NB supported by the TC and configured in the cell). Coding rules 0: HR SV1 is never provided in the list of supported codec types. 1: HR SV1 may be provided (if supported by the MS and configured in the cell) in the list of supported codec types, in addition to HR SV3. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - Significant if EN_TFO_AMR_NB is enabled - TFO on AMR-NB function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted. Change applied only on new AMR-NB call allocated in Half Rate after modification Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 231 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.28 (ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM) - (ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM) HMI Name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM Parameter Name Logical Name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters. 1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 232 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.29 (AG_PREMPT_PCH) - (AG_PREMPT_PCH) HMI Name AG_PREMPT_PCH Parameter Name Logical Name AG_PREMPT_PCH Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when there is one remaining free AGCH block. Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled Mandatory rules Lets define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remaining for the AGCH messages when the BCCH extended block and NCH blocks have been excluded. - If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) - If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) - If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden). Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 233 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.30 (ALLOC_ANYWAY) - (ALLOC_ANYWAY) HMI Name ALLOC_ANYWAY Parameter Name Logical Name ALLOC_ANYWAY Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 234 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.31 (AMR_FR_HYST) - (AMR_FR_HYST) HMI Name AMR_FR_HYST Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_HYST Definition Hysteresis for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1...3). The recommended value for the preferred AMR FR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 1, 8, 9, 10, 12 and 14: 2 dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 7.5 2 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 235 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.32 (AMR_FR_SUBSET) - (AMR_FR_SUBSET) HMI Name AMR_FR_SUBSET Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_SUBSET Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB FR calls (up to 4 codecs selected by the operator or codecs associated to the selected preferred AMR configuration). Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset. AMR configuration 0 is composed of the codec: 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 1 is composed of the codec: 12.20, 7.40, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 2 is composed of the codec: 5.90 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 3 is composed of the codec: 6.70 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 4 is composed of the codec: 7.40 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 5 is composed of the codec: 7.95 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 6 is composed of the codec: 10.20 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 7 is composed of the codec: 12.20 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 8 is composed of the codec: 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 9 is composed of the codec: 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 10 is composed of the codec: 7.40, 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 12 is composed of the codec: 10.20, 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 14 is composed of the codec: 12.20, 7.95, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec (The list of all the 16 standardized AMR-NB FR configurations are given in 3GPP TS 28.062) Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). Recommended rules The AMR configuration 1 is especially recommended for calls between GERAN and UMTS, because it leads in all call cases to TFO/TrFO compatible connections with optimal voice quality. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS 236 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 240 164 External Comment - Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s - The AMR-NB FR configurations 11, 13 and 15 (allowing the optimization mode) are not supported by the Alcatel-Lucent BSS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 237 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.33 (AMR_FR_THR_1) - (AMR_FR_THR_1) HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_1 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB. The recommended value for the preferred AMR FR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 1, 8, 9, 10, 12 and 14: 4 dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.5 6.5 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 238 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.34 (AMR_FR_THR_2) - (AMR_FR_THR_2) HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_2 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB. The recommended values for the preferred AMR FR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB parameter are: AMR configuration 1 and 14: 6.5 dB; AMR configuration 9, 10 and 12: 5.5 dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.5 11.5 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 239 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.35 (AMR_FR_THR_3) - (AMR_FR_THR_3) HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_3 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_3 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_3 <= 16dB. The recommended values for the preferred AMR FR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB parameter are: AMR configuration 1 and 14: 11.5 dB; AMR configuration 10: 6.5 dB; AMR configuration 12: 8 dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.5 11.5 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 240 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.36 (AMR_HR_HYST) - (AMR_HR_HYST) HMI Name AMR_HR_HYST Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_HYST Definition Hysteresis for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1...3). The recommended value for the preferred AMR HR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 1, 8, 9, 10: 2 dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 7.5 2 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 241 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.37 (AMR_HR_SUBSET) - (AMR_HR_SUBSET) HMI Name AMR_HR_SUBSET Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_SUBSET Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB HR calls (up to 4 codecs selected by the operator or codecs associated to the selected preferred AMR configuration). Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. bit 8 (most significant) = 0 bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset; AMR configuration 0 is composed of the codec: 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 1 is composed of the codec: 7.40, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 2 is composed of the codec: 5.90 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 3 is composed of the codec: 6.70 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 8 is composed of the codec: 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 9 is composed of the codec: 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 10 is composed of the codec: 7.40, 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec (The list of all the 9 standardized AMR-NB HR configurations are given in 3GPP TS 28.062) Mandatory rules - In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). - The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. As consequence, the AMR configuration 4 is forbidden too. Recommended rules The AMR configuration 1 is especially recommended for calls between GERAN and UMTS, because it leads in all call cases to TFO/TrFO compatible connections with optimal voice quality. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 60 22 242 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters External Comment - Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). - The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s (and AMR configuration 5, as consequence) is not supported by the Alcatel-Lucent BSS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 243 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.38 (AMR_HR_THR_1) - (AMR_HR_THR_1) HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_1 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB. The recommended values for the preferred AMR HR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB parameter are: AMR configuration 1, 9 and 10: 10.5 dB; AMR configuration 8: 11 dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.5 11 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 244 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.39 (AMR_HR_THR_2) - (AMR_HR_THR_2) HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_2 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB. The recommended value for the preferred AMR HR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 1, 9 and 10: 12 dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.5 12.5 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 245 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.40 (AMR_HR_THR_3) - (AMR_HR_THR_3) HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_3 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_3 Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB. The recommended value for the preferred AMR HR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 10: 13 dB. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.5 12.5 External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 246 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.41 (AMR_START_MODE_FR) - (AMR_START_MODE_FR) HMI Name AMR_START_MODE_FR Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_START_MODE_FR Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB FR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 External Comment When the TFO function is enabled in case of AMR narrow band codec (EN_TFO_AMR_NB) in the cell, the Alcatel-Lucent BSS always considers the implicit rule is used for the initial codec mode. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 247 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.42 (AMR_START_MODE_HR) - (AMR_START_MODE_HR) HMI Name AMR_START_MODE_HR Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_START_MODE_HR Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB HR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR-NB HR should be avoided. Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 External Comment When the TFO function is enabled in case of AMR narrow band codec (EN_TFO_AMR_NB) in the cell, the Alcatel-Lucent BSS always considers the implicit rule is used for the initial codec mode. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 248 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.43 (AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1) - (AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1) HMI Name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 Definition Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 7.5 2.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 249 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.44 (AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2) - (AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2) HMI Name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Definition Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between highest codec mode and second lowest codec mode Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 15 = 7.5 dB Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 <= 16dB Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 7.5 2.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 250 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.45 (AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1) - (AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1) HMI Name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 Definition Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules - AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 - AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 <= AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.5 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 251 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.46 (AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2) - (AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2) HMI Name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Definition Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and highest codec mode Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB Mandatory rules - AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 - AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 <= AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 <= 16dB Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.5 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 252 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.47 (AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD) - (EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR) HMI Name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD Parameter Name Logical Name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 253 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.48 (AUTO_BAR_CELL) - (AUT_BAR) HMI Name AUTO_BAR_CELL Parameter Name Logical Name AUT_BAR Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 254 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.49 (AUTO_BAR_EC) - (EC_BAR) HMI Name AUTO_BAR_EC Parameter Name Logical Name EC_BAR Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 255 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.50 (Automatic AC barring on TCH load) - (EN_LOAD_MNGT) HMI Name Automatic AC barring on TCH load Parameter Name Logical Name EN_LOAD_MNGT Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 256 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.51 (B_NUM) - (B_NUM) HMI Name B_NUM Parameter Name Logical Name B_NUM Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 35 5 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 257 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.52 (BCC) - (BCC (BSC)) HMI Name BCC Parameter Name Logical Name BCC (BSC) Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 258 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.53 (BCC) - (BCC (MFS)) HMI Name BCC Parameter Name Logical Name BCC (MFS) Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 259 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.54 (BCC) - (BCC (n)) HMI Name BCC Parameter Name Logical Name BCC (n) Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 260 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.55 (BCCH_ARFCN) - (BCCH_ARFCN(n)(BSC)) HMI Name BCCH_ARFCN Parameter Name Logical Name BCCH_ARFCN(n)(BSC) Definition Indicates the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the frequency used as BCCH in the adjacent cell. Coding rules The coded default value of -1 is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any BCCH yet. Mandatory rules - BCCH_ARFCN(n)(BSC) = BCCH_ARFCN(n)(MFS) For Evolium serving cell: - there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for reselection (no matter the 2G/3G neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection) . - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1023 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 261 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.56 (BCCH_ARFCN) - (BCCH_ARFCN(n)(MFS)) HMI Name BCCH_ARFCN Parameter Name Logical Name BCCH_ARFCN(n)(MFS) Definition Indicates the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the frequency used as BCCH in the adjacent cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules - BCCH_ARFCN(n)(BSC) = BCCH_ARFCN(n)(MFS) For Evolium serving cell: - there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for reselection (no matter the 2G/3G neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection) . - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1023 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 262 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.57 (BCCH_EXT) - (BCCH_EXT) HMI Name BCCH_EXT Parameter Name Logical Name BCCH_EXT Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. Coding rules 0: false, 1:true Mandatory rules -When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent BCCH within the same band. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 263 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.58 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC)) HMI Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES Parameter Name Logical Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Mandatory rules -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment - Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 - For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts Paging (paging queues are reset and paging is suspended until the reconfiguration is completed). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 264 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.59 (BS_P_CON_ACK) - (BS_P_CON_ACK) HMI Name BS_P_CON_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name BS_P_CON_ACK Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 2 x Samfr 0 31 3 External Comment Single 3 Umbrella 3 Concentric 3 Concentric Umbrella 3 Microcell 2 Minicell 3 Extended inner cell 3 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 3 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 265 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.60 (BS_P_CON_INT) - (BS_P_CON_INT) HMI Name BS_P_CON_INT Parameter Name Logical Name BS_P_CON_INT Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 2 x Samfr 0 31 1 External Comment Single 1 Umbrella 1 Concentric 1 Concentric Umbrella 1 Microcell 0 Minicell 1 Extended inner cell 1 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 1 Nb of TRX Dependent No 266 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.61 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC)) HMI Name BS_PA_MFRMS Parameter Name Logical Name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 2 9 5 External Comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 267 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.62 (BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION) - (BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION) HMI Name BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION Parameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION Definition This parameter defines the power reduction, expressed in 0.1dB, applied on the output power (after leveling). In a concentric or multi-band cell, this attenuation applies on the output power of the TRX(s) of the outer zone. Coding rules step size = 0.1dB. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.9 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 268 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.63 (BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER) - (BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER) HMI Name BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER Parameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER Definition This parameter defines the power reduction, expressed in 0.1dB, applied on the output power of the TRX(s) of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell (after leveling). Coding rules step size = 0.1dB. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 31.9 0 External Comment The parameter value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric # Concentric Umbrella # Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 269 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.64 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)) When a cell is shared, the BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER powers must always be defined against the actual physical power of the main sector. If the actual power of the secondary sector is lower than the actual power of the main sector, the operator has to adjust the values of BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER to avoid requiring too high an output power than is actually available. HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the attenuated maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. It is always set to 0 by the OMC. A finer power attenuation, BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION defined in step of 0.1dB, is managed instead. Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -30 0 0 External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the sector maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 270 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.65 (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC)) When a cell is shared, the BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER powers must always be defined against the actual physical power of the main sector. If the actual power of the secondary sector is lower than the actual power of the main sector, the operator has to adjust the values of BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER to avoid requiring too high an output power than is actually available. HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER Parameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the attenuated maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. It is always set to 0 by the OMC. A finer power attenuation, BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER defined in step of 0.1dB, is managed instead. Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -30 0 0 External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the sector maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). The parameter value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 271 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric # Concentric Umbrella # Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 272 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.66 (BS_TXPWR_MIN) - (BS_TXPWR_MIN) HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MIN Definition This parameter defines the maximum value of the power attenuation (so the minimum allowed transmission power) relative to the attenuated maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -30 0 -24 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 273 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.67 (BSC Primary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_primary_address) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address Definition BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem OMC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 * External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 274 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.68 (BSC Primary X25 Address [1]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [1] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 275 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.69 (BSC Primary X25 Address [10]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [10] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 276 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.70 (BSC Primary X25 Address [11]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [11] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 277 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.71 (BSC Primary X25 Address [12]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [12] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12] Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 278 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.72 (BSC Primary X25 Address [13]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [13] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13] Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 279 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.73 (BSC Primary X25 Address [14]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [14] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14] Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 280 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.74 (BSC Primary X25 Address [15]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [15] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15] Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 281 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.75 (BSC Primary X25 Address [2]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [2] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2] Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 282 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.76 (BSC Primary X25 Address [3]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [3] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3] Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 283 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.77 (BSC Primary X25 Address [4]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [4] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4] Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 284 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.78 (BSC Primary X25 Address [5]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [5] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5] Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 285 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.79 (BSC Primary X25 Address [6]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [6] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6] Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 286 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.80 (BSC Primary X25 Address [7]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [7] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7] Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 287 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.81 (BSC Primary X25 Address [8]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [8] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8] Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 288 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.82 (BSC Primary X25 Address [9]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9]) HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [9] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9] Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 289 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.83 (BSC Secondary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address Definition BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem OMC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 * External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 290 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.84 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 291 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.85 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [10]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [10] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 292 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.86 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [11]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [11] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11] Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 293 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.87 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [12]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [12] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12] Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 294 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.88 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [13]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [13] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13] Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 295 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.89 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [14]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [14] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14] Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 296 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.90 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [15]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [15] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15] Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 297 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.91 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [2]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [2] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2] Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 298 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.92 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [3]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [3] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3] Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 299 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.93 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [4]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [4] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4] Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 300 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.94 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [5]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [5] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5] Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 301 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.95 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [6]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [6] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6] Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 302 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.96 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [7]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [7] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7] Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 303 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.97 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [8]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [8] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8] Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 304 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.98 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [9]) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9]) HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [9] Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 20 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 305 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.99 (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND) - (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND) HMI Name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND Parameter Name Logical Name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 306 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.100 (BSIC) - (BSIC (GSM)) HMI Name BSIC Parameter Name Logical Name BSIC (GSM) Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Abstract SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None # # # External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 307 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.101 (BTS_Queue_Length) - (BTS_Q_LENGTH) HMI Name BTS_Queue_Length Parameter Name Logical Name BTS_Q_LENGTH Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 64 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 308 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.102 (CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT) - (RE) HMI Name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT Parameter Name Logical Name RE Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 309 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.103 (Call_User_Data_Selector) - (Call_user_data_sel) HMI Name Call_User_Data_Selector Parameter Name Logical Name Call_user_data_sel Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255]. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 310 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.104 (Candidate cell priority) - (PRIORITY(0,n)) HMI Name Candidate cell priority Parameter Name Logical Name PRIORITY(0,n) Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 5 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 311 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.105 (CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) - (CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) HMI Name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION Parameter Name Logical Name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a "general capture" handover. Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 312 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.106 (CBC Primary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_primary_address) HMI Name CBC Primary X25 Address Parameter Name Logical Name CBC_X25_primary_address Definition CBC X25 primary address. Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 32 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 313 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.107 (CBC Secondary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_secondary_address) HMI Name CBC Secondary X25 Address Parameter Name Logical Name CBC_X25_secondary_address Definition CBC X25 secondary address. Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 32 External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 314 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.108 (CBC_Operator) - (Operator) HMI Name CBC_Operator Parameter Name Logical Name Operator Definition Identifies the CBC operator. Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 32 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 315 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.109 (CBC_Password) - (Password) HMI Name CBC_Password Parameter Name Logical Name Password Definition CBC password. Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 32 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 316 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.110 (CBC_Window) - (CBC_window) HMI Name CBC_Window Parameter Name Logical Name CBC_window Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing primitives. Coding rules Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 317 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.111 (CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD) - (RACHRT) HMI Name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name RACHRT Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr) Mandatory rules Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 51mfr 1 255 255 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 318 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.112 (CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIOD) - (RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER) HMI Name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. Coding rules step size=1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 51mfr 1 255 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 319 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.113 (Cell Type) - (Cell_Type) HMI Name Cell Type Parameter Name Logical Name Cell_Type Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE for an OMC own cell. Used for cell default parameter template. Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11) Mandatory rules - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable). - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Abstract SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None * * # External Comment *: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 320 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.114 (Cell Type) - (Cell_Type(n)) HMI Name Cell Type Parameter Name Logical Name Cell_Type(n) Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE for an adjacent cell (OMC own cell or OMC external cell). Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11), GAN(12) Mandatory rules - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable). - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The "GAN" value is allowed only for external cells Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Abstract SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None * * # External Comment *: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer - GAN Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 321 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.115 (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY) - (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY) HMI Name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 322 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.116 (CELL_CIPH_SET) - (CELL_CIPH_SET) HMI Name CELL_CIPH_SET Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_CIPH_SET Definition List of flag indicating what are the ciphering algorithms allowed by the operator (each bit represents an A5 algorithm). When several algorithms can be selected (depending on network configuration, MS capabilities and operator choice), the one with the highest A5 number is used. Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is permitted. Bit x=0 : algorithm A5/x not permitted Bit x=1 : algorithm A5/x permitted bit 0 : A5/0 (no ciphering) bit 1 : A5/1. bit 2 : A5/2 bit 3 : A5/3 bit 4 : A5/4 ... bit 7 : A5/7. Mandatory rules The possible values are : - A5/0 - A5/0 + A5/1 - A5/0 + A5/1 +A5/3 - The value A5/0 + A5/3 is not allowed because today not all mobiles support A5/3. - If CELL_CIPH_SET does not allow the A5/3 usage in the cell, then EN_A53_PREF_ALLOC_STRATEGY cannot be enabled. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Bitmap SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 1 External Comment A5/2 is not supported by the BSS. In cells where EN_DTM = enabled, the algorithm A5/3 is not used for MS, DTM capable but not supporting ciphering changes in DTM mode. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 323 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 324 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.117 (CELL_EVALUATION) - (CELL_EV) HMI Name CELL_EVALUATION Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_EV Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Single grade (1) Umbrella grade (1) Concentric grade (1) Concentric Umbrella grade (1) Microcell order (0) Minicell grade (1) Extended inner cell grade (1) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell grade (1) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 325 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.118 (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) - (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 14 6 External Comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 326 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.119 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 126 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 327 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.120 (CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND) - (CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 328 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.121 (CI) - (CI (BSC)) HMI Name CI Parameter Name Logical Name CI (BSC) Definition Cell Identity. Coding rules Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 329 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.122 (CI) - (CI(n) (BSC)) HMI Name CI Parameter Name Logical Name CI(n) (BSC) Definition Cell Identity of adjacent cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI(n)(MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 330 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.123 (CI_SI) - (CI_SI) HMI Name CI_SI Parameter Name Logical Name CI_SI Definition Specific Cell Identity to be broadcasted in the SI3 and SI6 messages instead of the value of the other O&M parameter "CI". Coding rules When set to "0", it indicates that the feature is de-activated, i.e the existing CI is sent in SI3 and SI6 messages Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 0 External Comment Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI3 messages and in dedicated SI6 messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 331 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.124 (Circuit Identity Code) - (CIC) HMI Name Circuit Identity Code Parameter Name Logical Name CIC Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance A ch Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 332 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.125 (DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_DEC_HO_margin) HMI Name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN Parameter Name Logical Name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause "Power budget" when traffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 24 0 External Comment Single 5 dB (5) Umbrella 5 dB (5) Concentric 5 dB (5) Concentric Umbrella 5 dB (5) Microcell 4 dB (4) Minicell 5 dB (5) Extended inner cell 5 dB (5) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB (5) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 333 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.126 (DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_INC_HO_margin) HMI Name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN Parameter Name Logical Name DELTA_INC_HO_margin Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause "Power budget" when traffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 24 0 External Comment Single 5 dB (5) Umbrella 5 dB (5) Concentric 5 dB (5) Concentric Umbrella 5 dB (5) Microcell 4 dB (4) Minicell 5 dB (5) Extended inner cell 5 dB (5) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB (5) Nb of TRX Dependent No 334 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.127 (Directed_Retry) - (EN_DR) HMI Name Directed_Retry Parameter Name Logical Name EN_DR Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 335 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.128 (DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK Parameter Name Logical Name DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-WB GMSK speech calls. Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules - The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 336 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.129 (Downlink DTX) - (DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE) HMI Name Downlink DTX Parameter Name Logical Name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed Mandatory rules Recommended rules - should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 337 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.130 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR) HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR Parameter Name Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB FR speech calls. Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules - The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_NB =1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 338 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.131 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR) HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR Parameter Name Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB HR speech calls. Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules - The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_NB =1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 339 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.132 (DOWNLINK_DTX_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_HR) HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_HR Parameter Name Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules - should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 340 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.133 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR) HMI Name DTX_FR_INDICATOR Parameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_FR Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codec types except AMR-NB and AMR-WB. Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 341 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.134 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR) HMI Name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR Parameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB FR. Coding rules 0: MS may use DTX for AMR-NB FR, 1: MS shall use DTX for AMR-NB FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR-NB FR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_NB =1 Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 342 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.135 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR) HMI Name DTX_HR_INDICATOR Parameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_HR Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codec types except AMR-NB and AMR-WB. Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 343 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.136 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR) HMI Name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR Parameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB HR. Coding rules 0: MS may use DTX for AMR-NB HR, 1: MS shall use DTX for AMR-NB HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR-NB HR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Recommended rules The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_NB =1 Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 344 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.137 (DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_GMSK Parameter Name Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR-WB GMSK. Coding rules 0= the MS may use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 1= the MS shall use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 2=the MS shall not use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK Mandatory rules Recommended rules The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 345 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.138 (DWELL_TIME_STEP) - (DWELL_TIME_STEP) HMI Name DWELL_TIME_STEP Parameter Name Logical Name DWELL_TIME_STEP Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 30 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 346 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.139 (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE) - (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE) HMI Name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE Parameter Name Logical Name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry. Coding rules coded over 8 bits Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 127 13 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 347 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.140 (EDR_MSG_ORDER) - (EDR_MSG_ORDER) HMI Name EDR_MSG_ORDER Parameter Name Logical Name EDR_MSG_ORDER Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 348 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.141 (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED) - (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED) HMI Name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED Parameter Name Logical Name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Retry attempt. Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 349 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.142 (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL) - (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL) HMI Name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL Parameter Name Logical Name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry. Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 350 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.143 (EFR_ENABLED) - (EFR_ENABLED) HMI Name EFR_ENABLED Parameter Name Logical Name EFR_ENABLED Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 351 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.144 (EMERGENCY_CALL) - (EC) HMI Name EMERGENCY_CALL Parameter Name Logical Name EC Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15. Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 352 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.145 (EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU) - (EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU) HMI Name EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU Parameter Name Logical Name EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU Definition Defines if the limitation of TRE is static or dynamic. For static limitation only Nb FR TRE + 2 x DR TRE < 200 is allowed. For dynamic limitation only Nb TRE < 200 is allowed. Coding rules 0: static 1:dynamic Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 353 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.146 (EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR) - (EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR) HMI Name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB FR-to-HR channel adaptation (Handover Cause 27). According to the load of the serving cell (high or normal), the handover is triggered with different thresholds values. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - When EN_TFO_AMR_NB is enabled in the cell, the cause 27 triggering will be automatically inhibited for the AMR-NB ongoing call with TFO (and uninhibited if TFO is given up for any reason). - When EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED is enabled, then the cause 27 triggering under normal load is automatically inhibited. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 354 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.147 (EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED) - (EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED) HMI Name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED Parameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB FR-to-HR channel adaptation (Handover Cause 27) under high load only. Coding rules 0: disabled 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED can be enabled only if EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR =1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - When EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED is enabled, then the cause 27 triggering under normal load is automatically inhibited (even if EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR is enabled). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 355 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.148 (EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR) - (EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR) HMI Name EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation (Handover Cause 26). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment When EN_TFO_AMR_NB is enabled in the cell, the cause 26 triggering will be automatically inhibited for the AMR-NB ongoing call with TFO (and uninhibited if TFO is given up for any reason). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 356 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.149 (EN_AMR_FR) - (EN_AMR_FR) HMI Name EN_AMR_FR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_FR Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB full rate is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 357 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.150 (EN_AMR_HR) - (EN_AMR_HR) HMI Name EN_AMR_HR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_HR Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB half rate is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 358 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.151 (EN_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (EN_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name EN_AMR_WB_GMSK Parameter Name Logical Name EN_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR-WB GMSK is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 359 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.152 (EN_BALANCED_CI) - (EN_BALANCED_CI) HMI Name EN_BALANCED_CI Parameter Name Logical Name EN_BALANCED_CI Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 360 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.153 (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO) - (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO) HMI Name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "too high level in outer zone" handover cause (cause 13). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric enable (1) Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 361 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.154 (EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)) - (EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)) HMI Name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) Parameter Name Logical Name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 362 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.155 (EN_BS_PC) - (EN_BS_PC) HMI Name EN_BS_PC Parameter Name Logical Name EN_BS_PC Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 363 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.156 (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP) - (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP) HMI Name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP Parameter Name Logical Name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 364 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.157 (EN_DIST_HO) - (EN_DIST_HO) HMI Name EN_DIST_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_DIST_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "distance" handover cause (cause 6). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Single enable (1) Umbrella enable (1) Concentric enable (1) Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell disable (0) Minicell enable (1) Extended inner cell enable (1) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell enable (1) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 365 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.158 (EN_EDR) - (EN_EXT_DR) HMI Name EN_EDR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_EXT_DR Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 366 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.159 (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP) - (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP) HMI Name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP Parameter Name Logical Name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 367 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.160 (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO) HMI Name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 368 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.161 (EN_FORCED_DR) - (EN_FORCED_DR) HMI Name EN_FORCED_DR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_FORCED_DR Definition This flag enables/disables the "Forced Directed Retry" handover cause detection. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 369 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.162 (EN_GAN_HO) - (EN_GAN_HO) HMI Name EN_GAN_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_GAN_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the handover to GAN Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 370 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.163 (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO) - (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO) HMI Name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "general capture" handover cause (cause 24). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 371 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.164 (EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK Parameter Name Logical Name EN_HR_FOR_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition Enables/disables, when the cell is loaded, the support of the Half Rate allocation (at new call establishment and during inter-cell handover) for possible AMR-WB calls. This feature deals with the possible AMR-WB calls, ie calls for which AMR-WB is supported by the MS, and supported by the TC, and allowed by the MSC, and allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - Significant if EN_AMR_WB_GMSK is enabled - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, calls on going in the cell are not disrupted. Change applied only on new calls (establishment or handover) allocated in the cell after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 372 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.165 (EN_HSL) - (EN_HSL) HMI Name EN_HSL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_HSL Definition Enables SS7 HSL (High speed Signalling Link). Coding rules 0: HSL disabled 1: HSL enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Changeable on the BSC terminal. if EN_HSL = 1 the following new Q703 parameters: Q703_N1_HSL, Q_703_N2_HSL, Q703_T1_HSL, Q703_T4E_HSL and Q703_T4N_HSL replaces the old ones: Q703_N1, Q_703_N2, Q703_T1, Q703_T4E and Q703_T4N. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 373 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.166 (EN_IMM_ASS_REJ) - (EN_IM_ASS_REJ) HMI Name EN_IMM_ASS_REJ Parameter Name Logical Name EN_IM_ASS_REJ Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packet traffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages cannot be disabled. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 374 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.167 (EN_INCOMING_HO) - (EN_IC_HO) HMI Name EN_INCOMING_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_IC_HO Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 375 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.168 (EN_INTERBAND_HO) - (EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH) HMI Name EN_INTERBAND_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 376 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.169 (EN_INTRA_DL) - (EN_INTRA_DL) HMI Name EN_INTRA_DL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls (neither AMR-NB nor AMR-WB). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 377 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.170 (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR) HMI Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for AMR-NB calls. Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell downlink handover when frequency hopping is applied Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 378 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.171 (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for AMR-WB GMSK calls. Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell downlink handover when frequency hopping is applied Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 379 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.172 (EN_INTRA_UL) - (EN_INTRA_UL) HMI Name EN_INTRA_UL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls (neither AMR-NB nor AMR-WB). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 380 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.173 (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR) HMI Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-NB calls. Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 381 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.174 (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-WB GMSK calls Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 382 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.175 (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED) - (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED) HMI Name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED Parameter Name Logical Name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 383 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.176 (EN_LOAD_BALANCE) - (EN_LOAD_BALANCE) HMI Name EN_LOAD_BALANCE Parameter Name Logical Name EN_LOAD_BALANCE Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric disable (0) Concentric Umbrella disable (0) Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 384 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.177 (EN_LOAD_ORDER) - (EN_LOAD_ORDER) HMI Name EN_LOAD_ORDER Parameter Name Logical Name EN_LOAD_ORDER Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of target cells. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 385 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.178 (EN_MA_SELECTION) - (EN_MA_SELECTION) HMI Name EN_MA_SELECTION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MA_SELECTION Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 386 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.179 (EN_MCHO_H_DL) - (EN_MCHO_H_DL) HMI Name EN_MCHO_H_DL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MCHO_H_DL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink micro-cell" handover cause (cause 18). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Single disable (0) * Umbrella disable (0) * Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella disable (0) * Microcell enable (1) Minicell disable (0) * Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 387 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.180 (EN_MCHO_H_UL) - (EN_MCHO_H_UL) HMI Name EN_MCHO_H_UL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MCHO_H_UL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink mirco-cell " handover cause (cause 17). Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Single disable (0) * Umbrella disable (0) * Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella disable (0) * Microcell enable (1) Minicell disable (0) * Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 388 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.181 (EN_MCHO_NCELL) - (EN_MCHO_NCELL) HMI Name EN_MCHO_NCELL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MCHO_NCELL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "high level in neighbour lower or indoor cell" handover cause (cause 14). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Single disable (0) * Umbrella enable (1) Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell disable (0) Minicell disable (0) Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 389 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.182 (EN_MCHO_RESCUE) - (EN_MCHO_RESCUE) HMI Name EN_MCHO_RESCUE Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MCHO_RESCUE Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "consecutive bad SACCH frames" handover cause (cause 7). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Single disable (0) * Umbrella disable (0) * Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella disable (0) * Microcell enable (1) Minicell disable (0) * Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 390 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.183 (EN_MORE_RMS_BCCH_BSIC) - (EN_MORE_RMS_BCCH_BSIC) HMI Name EN_MORE_RMS_BCCH_BSIC Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MORE_RMS_BCCH_BSIC Definition Enables/disables the "RMS improvement" feature, which allows reporting more than 42 neighbour frequencies per TRX in the 2G radio link measurements performed by the MS. When enabled, the parameter RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB gives the maximum number of frequencies reported by the BTS. When disabled, that maximum is not configurable (42, per default). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment -Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. -Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted. But the RMS jobs, ongoing on the BTSs, are restarted (all data already collected are discarded). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 391 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.184 (EN_MS_PC) - (EN_MS_PC) HMI Name EN_MS_PC Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MS_PC Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 392 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.185 (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO) - (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO) HMI Name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands. Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 393 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.186 (EN_PBGT_FILTERING) - (EN_PBGT_FILTERING) HMI Name EN_PBGT_FILTERING Parameter Name Logical Name EN_PBGT_FILTERING Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Single enable (1) Umbrella enable (1) Concentric enable (1) Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell disable (0) Minicell enable (1) Extended inner cell disable (0) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) Nb of TRX Dependent No 394 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.187 (EN_PBGT_HO) - (EN_PBGT_HO) HMI Name EN_PBGT_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_PBGT_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "power budget" handover cause (cause 12). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 395 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.188 (EN_POWER_SAVING) - (EN_POWER_SAVING) HMI Name EN_POWER_SAVING Parameter Name Logical Name EN_POWER_SAVING Definition Enables power saving on all TRXs in the cell. Coding rules 0: the power saving is "disabled", 1: the power saving is "enabled". Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment If EN_POWER_SAVING is set to "enabled", the TRX dynamic power saving feature will be applied on all the TRXs in the cell belonging to G3, G4 or G5 TREs. The feature will however not be applied on the TRXs in the cell belonging to MC modules, due to the specific architecture of MC modules (unique power amplifier for all the TRXs). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 396 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.189 (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO) - (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO) HMI Name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 397 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.190 (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING) - (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING) HMI Name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING Parameter Name Logical Name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation process. Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 398 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.191 (EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERY) - (EN_RL_RECOV) HMI Name EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERY Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RL_RECOV Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Single enable (1) Umbrella enable (1) Concentric enable (1) Concentric Umbrella enable (1) Microcell enable (1) Minicell enable (1) Extended inner cell enable (1) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell enable (1) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 399 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.192 (EN_RANDOMISE_FBL2) - (EN_RANDOMISE_FBL2) HMI Name EN_RANDOMISE_FBL2 Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RANDOMISE_FBL2 Definition Enables/disables the support of the "randomisation of fill bits in L2 message" feature on the DL Air interface of the cell. That feature brings more protection to voice calls using A5/1 encryption algorithm. Coding rules 0: the DL randomisation is "disabled", 1: the DL randomisation is "enabled". Mandatory rules Recommended rules Since a MS may move from one cell to another cell, the activation of the feature on few cells makes no sense. Alcatel-Lucent recommends on a large set of cells, like the BSS level. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted. Change applied only on new CS calls established after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 400 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.193 (EN_REP_DL_FACCH) - (EN_REP_DL_FACCH) HMI Name EN_REP_DL_FACCH Parameter Name Logical Name EN_REP_DL_FACCH Definition Enables/Disables repeated downlink FACCH for AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls. Coding rules 0: disabled 1: enabled for LAPDm command frames 2: enabled for LAPDm command frames, and also for LAPDm response frames (valid only for the MS having indicated the support of the feature by Repeated ACCH Capability bit=1). Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment Function available on BSC Evolution only. Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 401 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.194 (EN_REP_SACCH) - (EN_REP_SACCH) HMI Name EN_REP_SACCH Parameter Name Logical Name EN_REP_SACCH Definition Enables/Disables repeated SACCH for SAPI 0 frames in case of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls (for mobile station having indicated the support of the feature). Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Function available on BSC Evolution only. Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 402 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.195 (EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA) - (EN_RESCUE_UM) HMI Name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RESCUE_UM Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 1 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell enable (1) Minicell disable (0) Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 403 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.196 (EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO) - (EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO) HMI Name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO Definition Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone of PDCH/TCH allocation (intracell handover cause 30). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 404 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.197 (EN_RXLEV_DL) - (EN_RXLEV_DL) HMI Name EN_RXLEV_DL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RXLEV_DL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink" handover cause (cause 5). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 405 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.198 (EN_RXLEV_UL) - (EN_RXLEV_UL) HMI Name EN_RXLEV_UL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RXLEV_UL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink" handover cause (cause 3). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 406 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.199 (EN_RXQUAL_DL) - (EN_RXQUAL_DL) HMI Name EN_RXQUAL_DL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RXQUAL_DL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality downlink" handover cause (cause 4). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 407 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.200 (EN_RXQUAL_UL) - (EN_RXQUAL_UL) HMI Name EN_RXQUAL_UL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RXQUAL_UL Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality uplink" handover cause (cause 2). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 408 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.201 (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE) - (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE) HMI Name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE Definition This flag controls "Current channel" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 409 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.202 (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER) - (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER) HMI Name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER Definition This flag controls "Speech version (used)" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 410 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.203 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA) HMI Name EN_SOLSA Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SOLSA Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 411 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.204 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA(n)) HMI Name EN_SOLSA Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SOLSA(n) Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 412 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.205 (EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION) - (EN_SPEED_DISC) HMI Name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SPEED_DISC Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Single disable (0) * Umbrella disable (0) Concentric disable (0) * Concentric Umbrella disable (0) Microcell disable (0) Minicell disable (0) Extended inner cell disable (0) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disable (0) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 413 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.206 (EN_TCH_PREEMPT) - (EN_TCH_PREEMPT) HMI Name EN_TCH_PREEMPT Parameter Name Logical Name EN_TCH_PREEMPT Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a point-to-point or voice group call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a point-to-point or voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state. Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of these resources before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming point-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice group call request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 414 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.207 (EN_TFO) - (EN_TFO) HMI Name EN_TFO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO Definition Flag to enable/ disable the use of the TFO function for FR, EFR and HR codec types. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 415 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.208 (EN_TFO_AMR_NB) - (EN_TFO_AMR_NB) HMI Name EN_TFO_AMR_NB Parameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO_AMR_NB Definition Flag to enable/ disable the use of the TFO function in case of AMR-NB codec. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Function available on BSC Evolution only Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 416 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.209 (EN_TFO_AMR_WB) - (EN_TFO_AMR_WB) HMI Name EN_TFO_AMR_WB Parameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO_AMR_WB Definition Flag to enable/ disable the use of the TFO function in case of AMR-WB GMSK codec. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 417 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.210 (EN_TFO_MATCH) - (EN_TFO_MATCH) HMI Name EN_TFO_MATCH Parameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO_MATCH Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function (for FR, EFR, HR, AMR-NB and AMR-WB codecs). Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules - may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1 or if EN_TFO_AMR_WB=1 or if EN_TFO_AMR_NB=1 - May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 418 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.211 (EN_TFO_OPT) - (EN_TFO_OPT) HMI Name EN_TFO_OPT Parameter Name Logical Name EN_TFO_OPT Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 419 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.212 (EN_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)) HMI Name EN_TRAFFIC_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "traffic" handover cause (cause 23). Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown, no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even if EN_TRAFFIC_HO = 1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 420 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.213 (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT) - (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT) HMI Name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT Parameter Name Logical Name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 421 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.214 (EXT_HO_FORCED) - (EXT_HO_FORCED) HMI Name EXT_HO_FORCED Parameter Name Logical Name EXT_HO_FORCED Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 422 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.215 (Extended CBCH) - (Use_of_Extended_CBCH) HMI Name Extended CBCH Parameter Name Logical Name Use_of_Extended_CBCH Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes". Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 423 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.216 (FORBID_AMR_NS) - (FORBID_AMR_NS) HMI Name FORBID_AMR_NS Parameter Name Logical Name FORBID_AMR_NS Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR-NB or AMR-WB noise suppressor in the MS. Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR, EN_AMR_HR or EN_AMR_WB_GMSK is set to TRUE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 424 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.217 (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F) - (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F) HMI Name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F Parameter Name Logical Name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden Mandatory rules Recommended rules If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 425 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.218 (Force TFO versus AMR) - (FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR) HMI Name Force TFO versus AMR Parameter Name Logical Name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR-NB FR or AMR-NB HR and when TFO is not possible for the current call (TFO on AMR-NB not supported by the TC or not configured in the cell). Coding rules 0: disabled, no TFO negotiation if AMR-NB, FR or HR, is currently used; 1: enabled, TFO negotiation will start even if AMR-NB, FR or HR, is currently used Mandatory rules FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1 or EN_AMR_HR = 1) AND (EN_TFO = 1) AND (EN_TFO_AMR_NB = 0 or not supported by the BSS) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 426 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.219 (Forced_Queuing) - (QUEUE_ANYWAY) HMI Name Forced_Queuing Parameter Name Logical Name QUEUE_ANYWAY Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 427 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.220 (Forward_CM_3) - (EN_SEND_CM3) HMI Name Forward_CM_3 Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SEND_CM3 Definition This flag enables/disables sending of "Classmark 3" IE to the MSC. Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE then the parameter shall be set to "1", otherwise the parameter shall be set to "0". Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 428 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.221 (Free_Factor_1) - (Freefactor_1) HMI Name Free_Factor_1 Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_1 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 429 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.222 (Free_Factor_2) - (Freefactor_2) HMI Name Free_Factor_2 Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_2 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 430 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.223 (Free_Factor_3) - (Freefactor_3) HMI Name Free_Factor_3 Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_3 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 431 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.224 (Free_Factor_4) - (Freefactor_4) HMI Name Free_Factor_4 Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_4 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 <= Freefactor_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 432 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.225 (Free_Factor_5) - (Freefactor_5) HMI Name Free_Factor_5 Parameter Name Logical Name Freefactor_5 Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 433 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.226 (Free_Level_1) - (Freelevel_1) HMI Name Free_Level_1 Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_1 Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 434 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.227 (Free_Level_2) - (Freelevel_2) HMI Name Free_Level_2 Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_2 Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 435 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.228 (Free_Level_3) - (Freelevel_3) HMI Name Free_Level_3 Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_3 Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34 436 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.229 (Free_Level_4) - (Freelevel_4) HMI Name Free_Level_4 Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_4 Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 437 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.230 (Free_Level_DR) - (Freelevel_DR(n)) HMI Name Free_Level_DR Parameter Name Logical Name Freelevel_DR(n) Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 4 External Comment Single See TRXnb Umbrella See TRXnb Concentric See TRXnb Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb Microcell See TRXnb Minicell See TRXnb Extended inner cell 255 * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 255 * Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 438 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.231 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE) HMI Name FREQUENCY_RANGE Parameter Name Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands". Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 439 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 6 0 External Comment When the frequency range is changed from EGSM (resp. EGSM-DCS) to PGSM (resp. PGSM-DCS) or from PGSM (resp. PGSM-DCS) to EGSM (resp. EGSM-DCS), then all TRXs of the cell have the preserve call flag set to FALSE Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 440 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.232 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) (MFS)) HMI Name FREQUENCY_RANGE Parameter Name Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) (MFS) Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the adjacent cell (GAN cell excluded). Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - If FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE(n) must be equal to "Concentric". - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 6 0 External Comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 441 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.233 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) (OMC)) HMI Name FREQUENCY_RANGE Parameter Name Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) (OMC) Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the adjacent cell (internal or external to the OMC). Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7: GAN, 8..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GAN" then CELL_RANGE must be equal to "GAN". - the value GAN is only allowed for the OMC external cells - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands". Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) 442 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters Type Enumerated SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 443 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.234 (GSM_PHASE) - (GSM_PHASE) HMI Name GSM_PHASE Parameter Name Logical Name GSM_PHASE Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 444 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.235 (H_LOAD_OBJ) - (H_LOAD_OBJ) HMI Name H_LOAD_OBJ Parameter Name Logical Name H_LOAD_OBJ Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 80 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella See TRXnb Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 445 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.236 (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME) HMI Name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Coding rules Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 120 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 446 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.237 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P1) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P1 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 10 15 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 447 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.238 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P2) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P2 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 10 15 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 448 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.239 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P3) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P3 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 10 15 14 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 449 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.240 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P4) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P4 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 10 15 13 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 450 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.241 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P5) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P5 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 10 15 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 451 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.242 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P6) - (AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6)) HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P6 Parameter Name Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 10 15 11 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 452 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.243 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Parameter Name Logical Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. Coding rules Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 80 External Comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 453 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.244 (Highest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13)) HMI Name Highest BA range ARFCNs Parameter Name Logical Name RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" Information Element. Coding rules Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None -1 1023 -1 External Comment RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BA Range" IE. Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 454 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.245 (HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE) - (T_FILTER) HMI Name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE Parameter Name Logical Name T_FILTER Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, ..., 31: 29.76s Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 2 x Samfr 0 31 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 455 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.246 (HO_MARGIN) - (HOmargin (0,n)) HMI Name HO_MARGIN Parameter Name Logical Name HOmargin (0,n) Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -127 127 5 External Comment Single 5 dB Umbrella 5 dB Concentric 5 dB Concentric Umbrella 5 dB Microcell 4 dB Minicell 5 dB Extended inner cell 5 dB Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB Nb of TRX Dependent No 456 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.247 (HO_MARGIN_DIST) - (HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)) HMI Name HO_MARGIN_DIST Parameter Name Logical Name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -127 127 2 External Comment Single 2 dB Umbrella 2 dB Concentric 2 dB Concentric Umbrella 2 dB Microcell 5 dB Minicell 2 dB Extended inner cell -29 dB Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 457 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.248 (HO_MARGIN_LEV) - (HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)) HMI Name HO_MARGIN_LEV Parameter Name Logical Name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -127 127 2 External Comment Single 2 dB Umbrella 2 dB Concentric 0 dB Concentric Umbrella 0 dB Microcell 5 dB Minicell 0 dB Extended inner cell -29 dB Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB Nb of TRX Dependent No 458 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.249 (HO_MARGIN_QUAL) - (HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)) HMI Name HO_MARGIN_QUAL Parameter Name Logical Name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -127 127 1 External Comment Single 1 dB Umbrella 1 dB Concentric 1 dB Concentric Umbrella 1 dB Microcell 5 dB Minicell 1 dB Extended inner cell -29 dB Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 5 dB Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 459 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.250 (HR_ENABLED) - (HR_ENABLED) HMI Name HR_ENABLED Parameter Name Logical Name HR_ENABLED Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 460 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.251 (IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE) - (IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL) HMI Name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE Parameter Name Logical Name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL Definition This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent on this flag. Coding rules 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are triggered; 1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are not triggered; Mandatory rules Recommended rules If BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE = IP, should be set to FALSE. Due to TDM switching on TC side, there is no more interaction between Atermux and ATR failures. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 461 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.252 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (BSC)) HMI Name IMSI Attach/Detach Parameter Name Logical Name ATT (BSC) Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 462 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.253 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (MFS)) HMI Name IMSI Attach/Detach Parameter Name Logical Name ATT (MFS) Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 463 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.254 (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD Parameter Name Logical Name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 464 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.255 (INTAVE) - (INTAVE) HMI Name INTAVE Parameter Name Logical Name INTAVE Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. Coding rules step size=1 Samfr Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 31 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 465 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.256 (INTERCELL_HO) - (HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED) HMI Name INTERCELL_HO Parameter Name Logical Name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 466 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.257 (Interference bands 1-2 limit) - (INTFBD1) HMI Name Interference bands 1-2 limit Parameter Name Logical Name INTFBD1 Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 467 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.258 (Interference bands 2-3 limit) - (INTFBD2) HMI Name Interference bands 2-3 limit Parameter Name Logical Name INTFBD2 Definition Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -95 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 468 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.259 (Interference bands 3-4 limit) - (INTFBD3) HMI Name Interference bands 3-4 limit Parameter Name Logical Name INTFBD3 Definition Limit between interference band 3 and interference band 4. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -90 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 469 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.260 (Interference bands 4-5 limit) - (INTFBD4) HMI Name Interference bands 4-5 limit Parameter Name Logical Name INTFBD4 Definition Limit between interference band 4 and interference band 5. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules INTFBD5 > INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -85 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 470 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.261 (INTRACELL_HO) - (HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED) HMI Name INTRACELL_HO Parameter Name Logical Name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30, EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause 30) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 471 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.262 (Keep codec on handover) - (KEEP_CODEC_HO) HMI Name Keep codec on handover Parameter Name Logical Name KEEP_CODEC_HO Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 472 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.263 (L_LOAD_OBJ) - (L_LOAD_OBJ) HMI Name L_LOAD_OBJ Parameter Name Logical Name L_LOAD_OBJ Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 60 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella See TRXnb Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 473 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.264 (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) HMI Name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Coding rules Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 120 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 474 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.265 (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO) - (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)) HMI Name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -85 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 475 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.266 (L_RXLEV_DL_H) - (L_RXLEV_DL_H) HMI Name L_RXLEV_DL_H Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_DL_H Definition Downlink level threshold for handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -96 External Comment Single -91 dBm (19) Umbrella -91 dBm (19) Concentric -91 dBm (19) Concentric Umbrella -91 dBm (19) Microcell -96 dBm (14) Minicell -91 dBm (19) Extended inner cell -96 dBm (14) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -98 dBm (12) Nb of TRX Dependent No 476 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.267 (L_RXLEV_DL_P) - (L_RXLEV_DL_P) HMI Name L_RXLEV_DL_P Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_DL_P Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -85 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 477 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.268 (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR) - (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)) HMI Name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -110 External Comment Single -85 dBm (25) Umbrella -85 dBm (25) Concentric -85 dBm (25) Concentric Umbrella -85 dBm (25) Microcell -70 dBm (40) Minicell -85 dBm (25) Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 478 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.269 (L_RXLEV_UL_H) - (L_RXLEV_UL_H) HMI Name L_RXLEV_UL_H Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_UL_H Definition Uplink level threshold for handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -100 External Comment Single -100 dBm (10) Umbrella -100 dBm (10) Concentric -100 dBm (10) Concentric Umbrella -100 dBm (10) Microcell -100 dBm (10) Minicell -100 dBm (10) Extended inner cell -100 dBm (10) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -100 dBm (10) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 479 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.270 (L_RXLEV_UL_P) - (L_RXLEV_UL_P) HMI Name L_RXLEV_UL_P Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXLEV_UL_P Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -90 External Comment Single -95 dBm (15) Umbrella -95 dBm (15) Concentric -95 dBm (15) Concentric Umbrella -95 dBm (15) Microcell -85 dBm (25) Minicell -95 dBm (15) Extended inner cell -95 dBm (15) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -95 dBm (15) Nb of TRX Dependent No 480 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.271 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls (neither AMR-NB nor AMR-WB). Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment Higher value is the worst quality Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 481 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.272 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-NB calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 482 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.273 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-WB GMSK calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 483 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.274 (L_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_P) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_P Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_P Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control of any calls, except the AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls, where Repeated DL FACCH and Repeated SACCH are activated. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment Highest value is the worst quality. There is a dedicated parameter, L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH, for AMR-NB or AMR-WB calls and activated repeated DL FACCH and SACCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 484 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.275 (L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls where Repeated DL FACCH (for LAPDm command and response frames) and Repeated SACCH are activated. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Recommended rules To take benefit from the feature repeated ACCH, Alcatel recommends : L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - Highest value is the worst quality. - If the customer has customized the parameter L_RXQUAL_DL_P in the previous release, then the new parameter L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH must be updated in the CDE table with THAT customized value. -Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 485 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.276 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls (nether AMR-NB nor AMR-WB). Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment Higher value is the worst quality Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 486 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.277 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-NB calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 487 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.278 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-WB GMSK calls. Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 488 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.279 (L_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_P) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_P Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_P Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control of any calls, except the AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls, where Repeated DL FACCH and Repeated SACCH are activated. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment Highest value is the worst quality. There is a dedicated parameter, L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH, for AMR-NB or AMR-WB calls and activated repeated DL FACCH and SACCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 489 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.280 (L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH) HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH Parameter Name Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls where Repeated DL FACCH (for LAPDm command and response frames) and Repeated SACCH are activated. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Recommended rules To take benefit from the feature repeated ACCH, Alcatel recommends : L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - Highest value is the worst quality. - If the customer has customized the parameter L_RXQUAL_UL_P in the previous release, then the new parameter L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH must be updated in the CDE table with THAT customized value. - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 490 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.281 (LAC) - (LAC (BSC)) HMI Name LAC Parameter Name Logical Name LAC (BSC) Definition Location Area Code. Coding rules Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (MFS) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 491 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.282 (LAC) - (LAC(n) (BSC)) HMI Name LAC Parameter Name Logical Name LAC(n) (BSC) Definition Location Area Code of adjacent cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Equal to LAC(n)(MFS). A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 492 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.283 (Link_factor) - (Linkfactor (0,n)) HMI Name Link_factor Parameter Name Logical Name Linkfactor (0,n) Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -24 24 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 493 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.284 (Load computation in outer zone) - (EN_LOAD_OUTER) HMI Name Load computation in outer zone Parameter Name Logical Name EN_LOAD_OUTER Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on the whole cell. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 494 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.285 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD) HMI Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 30 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 495 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.286 (Load_Factor_1) - (Loadfactor_1) HMI Name Load_Factor_1 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_1 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 0 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 496 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.287 (Load_Factor_2) - (Loadfactor_2) HMI Name Load_Factor_2 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_2 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 0 0 External Comment Single -2 Umbrella -2 Concentric -2 Concentric Umbrella -2 Microcell -2 Minicell -2 Extended inner cell 0 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 497 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.288 (Load_Factor_3) - (Loadfactor_3) HMI Name Load_Factor_3 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_3 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 0 0 External Comment Single -5 Umbrella -5 Concentric -5 Concentric Umbrella -5 Microcell -4 Minicell -5 Extended inner cell 0 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 498 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.289 (Load_Factor_4) - (Loadfactor_4) HMI Name Load_Factor_4 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_4 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 >= Loadfactor_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 0 0 External Comment Single -7 Umbrella -7 Concentric -7 Concentric Umbrella -7 Microcell -6 Minicell -7 Extended inner cell 0 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 499 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.290 (Load_Factor_5) - (Loadfactor_5) HMI Name Load_Factor_5 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadfactor_5 Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -16 0 0 External Comment Single -10 Umbrella -10 Concentric -10 Concentric Umbrella -10 Microcell -8 Minicell -10 Extended inner cell 0 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 500 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.291 (Load_Level_1) - (Loadlevel_1) HMI Name Load_Level_1 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadlevel_1 Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 501 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.292 (Load_Level_2) - (Loadlevel_2) HMI Name Load_Level_2 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadlevel_2 Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 60 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 502 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.293 (Load_Level_3) - (Loadlevel_3) HMI Name Load_Level_3 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadlevel_3 Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 80 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 503 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.294 (Load_Level_4) - (Loadlevel_4) HMI Name Load_Level_4 Parameter Name Logical Name Loadlevel_4 Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 90 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 504 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.295 (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Parameter Name Logical Name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. Coding rules Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towards that cell n. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 505 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.296 (LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (L_TIME_ADVANCE) HMI Name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE Parameter Name Logical Name L_TIME_ADVANCE Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause "too short distance" in outer cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 0 63 0 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 Nb of TRX Dependent No 506 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.297 (Lowest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13)) HMI Name Lowest BA range ARFCNs Parameter Name Logical Name RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" Information Element. Coding rules Coded on 16 bits. Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None -1 1023 -1 External Comment RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BA Range" IE Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 507 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.298 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (BSC)) HMI Name LSA_ID_I Parameter Name Logical Name LSA_ID_array (BSC) Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16777215 16777215 External Comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 508 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.299 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (MFS)) HMI Name LSA_ID_I Parameter Name Logical Name LSA_ID_array (MFS) Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16777215 16777215 External Comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 509 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.300 (LSA_ID_I(n)) - (LSA_ID_array (n)) HMI Name LSA_ID_I(n) Parameter Name Logical Name LSA_ID_array (n) Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16777215 16777215 External Comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 510 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.301 (LSA_OFFSET) - (LSA_OFFSET) HMI Name LSA_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name LSA_OFFSET Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 64 0 External Comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 511 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.302 (LSA_PRIO_THR) - (PRIO_THR) HMI Name LSA_PRIO_THR Parameter Name Logical Name PRIO_THR Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 42 42 External Comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 512 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.303 (MATE_CI) - (MATE_CI (BSC)) HMI Name MATE_CI Parameter Name Logical Name MATE_CI (BSC) Definition Cell Identity of the Mate cell Coding rules Mandatory rules MATE_CI (BSC) = MATE_CI (MFS) If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 513 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.304 (MATE_LAC) - (MATE_LAC) HMI Name MATE_LAC Parameter Name Logical Name MATE_LAC Definition Location Area Code of the Mate cell. Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 514 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.305 (MAX_POW_INC) - (MAX_POW_INC) HMI Name MAX_POW_INC Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_POW_INC Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command. Coding rules step size = 2dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 2 16 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 515 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.306 (MAX_POW_RED) - (MAX_POW_RED) HMI Name MAX_POW_RED Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_POW_RED Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command. Coding rules step size = 2dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 2 16 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 516 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.307 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (BSC)) HMI Name MAX_RETRANS Parameter Name Logical Name Max_retrans (BSC) Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 517 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.308 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_1) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 1 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 518 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.309 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_2) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_2 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 2 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 519 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.310 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_3) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_3 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 4 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 520 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.311 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_4) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_4 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 6 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 521 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.312 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_5) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_5 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 8 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 522 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.313 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_6) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_6 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 10 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 523 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.314 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_7) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_7 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 14 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 524 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.315 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_8) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_8 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 18 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 525 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.316 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_9) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_9 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 24 22 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 526 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.317 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_1) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 -12 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 527 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.318 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_2) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_2 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 -9 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 528 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.319 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_3) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_3 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 -6 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 529 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.320 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_4) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_4 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 -3 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 530 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.321 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_5) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_5 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 0 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 531 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.322 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_6) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_6 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 3 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 532 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.323 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_7) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_7 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 6 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 533 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.324 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_8) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_8 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 9 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 534 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.325 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_9) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_9 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -62 62 12 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 535 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.326 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_1) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -53 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 536 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.327 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_2) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -60 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 537 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.328 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_3) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -66 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 538 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.329 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_4) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -72 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 539 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.330 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_5) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -79 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 540 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.331 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_6) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -85 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 541 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.332 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_7) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -91 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 542 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.333 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_8) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -97 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 543 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.334 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_9) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -109 -48 -104 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 544 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.335 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 -50 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 545 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.336 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_2) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_2 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 -30 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 546 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.337 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_3) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_3 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 -20 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 547 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.338 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_4) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_4 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 -10 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 548 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.339 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_5) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_5 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 0 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 549 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.340 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_6) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_6 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 10 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 550 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.341 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_7) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_7 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 20 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 551 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.342 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_8) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_8 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 30 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 552 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.343 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_9) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_9 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -109 109 50 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 553 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.344 (MEAS_STAT_S_1) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_1 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 1 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 554 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.345 (MEAS_STAT_S_2) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_2 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 4 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 555 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.346 (MEAS_STAT_S_3) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_3 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 8 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 556 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.347 (MEAS_STAT_S_4) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_4 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 12 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 557 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.348 (MEAS_STAT_S_5) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_5 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 14 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 558 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.349 (MEAS_STAT_S_6) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_6 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 16 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 559 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.350 (MEAS_STAT_S_7) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [7]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_7 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 18 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 560 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.351 (MEAS_STAT_S_8) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [8]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_8 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 20 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 561 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.352 (MEAS_STAT_S_9) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [9]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_9 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 127 22 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 562 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.353 (MEAS_STAT_TA_1) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_1 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] Definition Upper limit of the first TA band, lower limit of the second TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules 0 < MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 7 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 563 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.354 (MEAS_STAT_TA_2) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_2 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2] Definition Upper limit of the 2nd TA band, lower limit of the 3rd TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 13 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 564 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.355 (MEAS_STAT_TA_3) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_3 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3] Definition Upper limit of the 3rd TA band, lower limit of the 4th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 19 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 565 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.356 (MEAS_STAT_TA_4) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_4 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4] Definition Upper limit of the 4th TA band, lower limit of the 5th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 25 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 566 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.357 (MEAS_STAT_TA_5) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_5 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5] Definition Upper limit of the 5th TA band, lower limit of the 6th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5 < MEAS_STAT_TA_6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 31 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 567 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.358 (MEAS_STAT_TA_6) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_6 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6] Definition Upper limit of the 6th TA band, lower limit of the 7th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_5 < MEAS_STAT_TA_6 < MEAS_STAT_TA_7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 37 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 568 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.359 (MEAS_STAT_TA_7) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_7 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7] Definition Upper limit of the 7th TA band, lower limit of the 8th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_6 < MEAS_STAT_TA_7 < MEAS_STAT_TA_8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 43 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 569 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.360 (MEAS_STAT_TA_8) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_8 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8] Definition Upper limit of the 8th TA band, lower limit of the 9th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_7 < MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 49 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 570 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.361 (MEAS_STAT_TA_9) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9]) HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_9 Parameter Name Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9] Definition Upper limit of the 9th TA band, lower limit of the 10th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Coding rules Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 < 63 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 1 62 55 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 571 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.362 (MIN_CONNECT_TIME) - (MIN_CONNECT_TIME) HMI Name MIN_CONNECT_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name MIN_CONNECT_TIME Definition Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS "fast" when leaving the cell with a handover. Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 120 40 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell 20 s Minicell 40 s Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 572 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.363 (MIN_RLF_TIME_DL) - (MIN_RLF_TIME_DL) HMI Name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL Parameter Name Logical Name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL Definition Minimum time before detecting a radio link failure of a DL TBF, triggered by N3105 or NstagnatingWindowDL. Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary very bad radio conditions that the operator would like to support during a DL TBF. Typically, a few seconds. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 0 25000 4000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 573 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.364 (Mobile Country Code (MCC)) - (MCC (BSC)) HMI Name Mobile Country Code (MCC) Parameter Name Logical Name MCC (BSC) Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. Coding rules 3 digits BCD Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 999 External Comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 574 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.365 (Mobile Network Code (MNC)) - (MNC (BSC)) HMI Name Mobile Network Code (MNC) Parameter Name Logical Name MNC (BSC) Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. Coding rules 3 digits BCD Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 999 External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 575 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.366 (MS_P_CON_ACK) - (MS_P_CON_ACK) HMI Name MS_P_CON_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name MS_P_CON_ACK Definition Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure. Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 2 x Samfr 0 31 3 External Comment Single 3 s Umbrella 3 s Concentric 3 s Concentric Umbrella 3 s Microcell 2 s Minicell 3 s Extended inner cell 3 s Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 3 s Nb of TRX Dependent No 576 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.367 (MS_P_CON_INT) - (MS_P_CON_INT) HMI Name MS_P_CON_INT Parameter Name Logical Name MS_P_CON_INT Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands. Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 2 x Samfr 0 31 1 External Comment Single 1 s Umbrella 1 s Concentric 1 s Concentric Umbrella 1 s Microcell 0 s Minicell 1 s Extended inner cell 1 s Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 1 s Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 577 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.368 (MS_TXPWR_MAX) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 578 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.369 (MS_TXPWR_MAX) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); -Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 579 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.370 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC)) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Parameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 580 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.371 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER Parameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 581 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric # Concentric Umbrella # Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 582 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.372 (MS_TXPWR_MIN) - (MS_TXPWR_MIN) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MIN Definition MS minimum allowed transmission power. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 13: 17 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 17 External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 17 dBm Default value for GSM850: 17 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 4 dBm Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 583 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.373 (MSC Signalling Point Code) - (DPC) HMI Name MSC Signalling Point Code Parameter Name Logical Name DPC Definition Signalling Point Code of the MSC. Coding rules coded over 14 bits Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16383 12 External Comment - Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. - Significant only if EN_ASIG_OVER_IP is set to FALSE. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 584 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.374 (MSCR) - (MSCR (BSC)) HMI Name MSCR Parameter Name Logical Name MSCR (BSC) Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. Coding rules 0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 585 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.375 (MSCR) - (MSCR (MFS)) HMI Name MSCR Parameter Name Logical Name MSCR (MFS) Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. Coding rules 0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 586 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.376 (MTP_Sequence_Number_Format) - (MTP_Sequence_Number_Format) HMI Name MTP_Sequence_Number_Format Parameter Name Logical Name MTP_Sequence_Number_Format Definition Defines the format to be used for the sequence number of MTP2. Coding rules 0: Normal 1: Extended Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Value "Extended" is refused by the BSC if EN_HSL=0 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 587 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.377 (MULTIBAND_REPORTING) - (MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)) HMI Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING Parameter Name Logical Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Coding rules Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 3 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 588 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.378 (MULTIBAND_REPORTING) - (MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)) HMI Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING Parameter Name Logical Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Coding rules Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 3 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 589 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.379 (MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) - (MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) HMI Name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION Parameter Name Logical Name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband handover. Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 590 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.380 (N_BAD_SACCH) - (N_BAD_SACCH) HMI Name N_BAD_SACCH Parameter Name Logical Name N_BAD_SACCH Definition Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1 2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 0 128 4 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell 4 Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 591 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.381 (N_TCH_HO) - (N_TCH_HO) HMI Name N_TCH_HO Parameter Name Logical Name N_TCH_HO Definition Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 592 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.382 (N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) HMI Name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD Parameter Name Logical Name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD Definition Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 8 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 6 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 593 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.383 (NB_CLR_REQ) - (N_CLR_REQ) HMI Name NB_CLR_REQ Parameter Name Logical Name N_CLR_REQ Definition Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 8 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 594 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.384 (NB_PREF_CELLS) - (N_PREF_CELLS) HMI Name NB_PREF_CELLS Parameter Name Logical Name N_PREF_CELLS Definition Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 16 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 595 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.385 (Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one step) - (M2) HMI Name Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one step Parameter Name Logical Name M2 Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 5 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 596 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.386 (Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step) - (N1) HMI Name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step Parameter Name Logical Name N1 Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step. Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 10 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 597 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.387 (Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step) - (N2) HMI Name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step Parameter Name Logical Name N2 Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 598 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.388 (Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step) - (M1) HMI Name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step Parameter Name Logical Name M1 Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step. Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 5 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 599 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.389 (NBR_RESET_CIC_REP) - (NBR_RESET_CIC_REP) HMI Name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP Parameter Name Logical Name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP Definition Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC. Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 600 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.390 (NBR_RESET_REP) - (NBR_RESET_REP) HMI Name NBR_RESET_REP Parameter Name Logical Name NBR_RESET_REP Definition Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported. Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 127 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 601 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.391 (NCC) - (NCC (BSC)) HMI Name NCC Parameter Name Logical Name NCC (BSC) Definition Network Colour code of the cell. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Mandatory rules - Equal to NCC (MFS) - NCC (BSC) shall be included in NCC_permited Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 602 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.392 (NCC) - (NCC (MFS)) HMI Name NCC Parameter Name Logical Name NCC (MFS) Definition Network Colour code of the cell. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Mandatory rules - Equal to NCC (BSC) - NCC (MFS) shall be included in NCC_permited Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 603 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.393 (NCC) - (NCC(n)) HMI Name NCC Parameter Name Logical Name NCC(n) Definition Network Colour code of the neighbour cell. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Mandatory rules NCC(n) shall be included in NCC_permited of the serving cell Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. This parameter is for every cell (OMC external cells and OMC internal cells). The operator needs to configure the value of that parameter for every cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 604 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.394 (NCC permitted) - (NCC_permitted) HMI Name NCC permitted Parameter Name Logical Name NCC_permitted Definition Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network. Coding rules Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted Mandatory rules NCC of the serving cell and of its neighbor cells shall be included in NCC_permited Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Bitmap SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 0 External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 605 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.395 (NCI) - (NCI) HMI Name NCI Parameter Name Logical Name NCI Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing advance. Coding rules 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Failure procedure Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 606 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.396 (NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV) - (NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)) HMI Name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV Parameter Name Logical Name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) Definition Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -47 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric -47 dBm (63) Concentric Umbrella -47 dBm (63) Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 607 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.397 (NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO) - (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO) HMI Name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO Parameter Name Logical Name NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO Definition Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers). Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 0 External Comment The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call unnecessarily. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 608 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.398 (NY_1) - (NY1) HMI Name NY_1 Parameter Name Logical Name NY1 Definition Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION. Coding rules Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 3 35 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 609 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.399 (OFFSET_CA_HIGH) - (OFFSET_CA_HIGH) HMI Name OFFSET_CA_HIGH Parameter Name Logical Name OFFSET_CA_HIGH Definition Offset for AMR-NB HR-to-FR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load (Handover Cause 26). Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 ... 7 coded as 70) Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 610 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.400 (OFFSET_CA_NORMAL) - (OFFSET_CA_NORMAL) HMI Name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Parameter Name Logical Name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Definition Offset for AMR-NB HR-to-FR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load (Handover Cause 26). Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 ... 7 coded as 70) Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 611 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.401 (OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER) - (OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER) HMI Name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER Parameter Name Logical Name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER Definition Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -127 127 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 612 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.402 (OFFSET_HOPPING_HO) - (Offset_Hopping_HO) HMI Name OFFSET_HOPPING_HO Parameter Name Logical Name Offset_Hopping_HO Definition Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 613 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.403 (OFFSET_HOPPING_PC) - (Offset_Hopping_PC) HMI Name OFFSET_HOPPING_PC Parameter Name Logical Name Offset_Hopping_PC Definition Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 614 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.404 (OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV) - (OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)) HMI Name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV Parameter Name Logical Name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) Definition Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause "level uplink micro-cell" or "level downlink micro-cell". Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -80 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell -88 dBm (22) Minicell -88 dBm (22) Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 615 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.405 (Own SPC) - (OPC) HMI Name Own SPC Parameter Name Logical Name OPC Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC. Coding rules coded over 14 bits Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16383 12 External Comment - Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC and RNC and SMLC for adressing the BSC. - Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. - Parameter change: Before any modification of the OPC, the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the OPC, the operator shall trigger a BSC restart. The locked objects must be unlocked again to reopen the telecom service. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 616 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.406 (PAGING) - (PAG_BAR) HMI Name PAGING Parameter Name Logical Name PAG_BAR Definition This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell. Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 617 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.407 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME(BSC)) HMI Name PENALTY_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name PENALTY_TIME(BSC) Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 20 620 20 External Comment Single inhibited (31) Umbrella inhibited (31) Concentric inhibited (31) Concentric Umbrella inhibited (31) Microcell 20 s (0) Minicell 20 s (0) Extended inner cell inhibited (31) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell inhibited (31) Nb of TRX Dependent No 618 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.408 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME(MFS)) HMI Name PENALTY_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name PENALTY_TIME(MFS) Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value. Mandatory rules PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 20 620 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 619 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.409 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS)) HMI Name PENALTY_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS) Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 20 620 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 620 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.410 (PING_PONG_HANDICAP) - (PING_PONG_HCP) HMI Name PING_PONG_HANDICAP Parameter Name Logical Name PING_PONG_HCP Definition A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a "ping-pong" effect. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 127 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 621 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.411 (POW_INC_FACTOR) - (POW_INC_FACTOR) HMI Name POW_INC_FACTOR Parameter Name Logical Name POW_INC_FACTOR Definition Weighting factor for power increase. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0.8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 622 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.412 (POW_INC_STEP_SIZE) - (POW_INC_STEP_SIZE) HMI Name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Parameter Name Logical Name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Definition Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 2 14 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 623 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.413 (POW_RED_FACTOR) - (POW_RED_FACTOR) HMI Name POW_RED_FACTOR Parameter Name Logical Name POW_RED_FACTOR Definition Weighting factor for power reduction. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 624 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.414 (POW_RED_STEP_SIZE) - (POW_RED_STEP_SIZE) HMI Name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Parameter Name Logical Name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Definition Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 2 4 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 625 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.415 (Preference Mark) - (TRX_PREF_MARK) HMI Name Preference Mark Parameter Name Logical Name TRX_PREF_MARK Definition Preference mark assigned to a given TRX. Coding rules 0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. 1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the preference mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. ... 7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the highest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to served a CS call. It means that this TRX has the highest priority for CS traffic. Mandatory rules 1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, the parameter TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null value. 2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0 and BCCH/CCCH are configured on PGSM TRX, then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, the GPRS TRXs of the cell (ie TRX_PREF_MARK=0) can be either on the main sector or on the secondary, but not on both. 5) the maximum number of PS capable TRX (ie TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) defined in one cell is 16. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance TRX 626 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 1 External Comment If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and a transmission pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined in timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 627 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.416 (PREFERRED_BAND) - (PREFERRED_BAND) HMI Name PREFERRED_BAND Parameter Name Logical Name PREFERRED_BAND Definition Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed. Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 628 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.417 (Preventive cyclic retransmission flag) - (EN_PCR) HMI Name Preventive cyclic retransmission flag Parameter Name Logical Name EN_PCR Definition This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission. Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 629 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.418 (PWRC) - (PWRC (BSC)) HMI Name PWRC Parameter Name Logical Name PWRC (BSC) Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included. Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 630 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.419 (PWRC) - (PWRC (MFS)) HMI Name PWRC Parameter Name Logical Name PWRC (MFS) Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 631 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.420 (Q703_N1) - (Q703_N1) HMI Name Q703_N1 Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_N1 Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 127 127 External Comment not used if EN_HSL = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 632 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.421 (Q703_N1_HSL) - (Q703_N1_HSL) HMI Name Q703_N1_HSL Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_N1_HSL Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission (if HSL is used). Coding rules step size 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 4095 4095 External Comment used if EN_HSL = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 633 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.422 (Q703_N2) - (Q703_N2) HMI Name Q703_N2 Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_N2 Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bytes 1 8192 4096 External Comment not used if EN_HSL = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 634 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.423 (Q703_N2_HSL) - (Q703_N2_HSL) HMI Name Q703_N2_HSL Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_N2_HSL Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission (if HSL is used). Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bytes 1 65535 32767 External Comment used if EN_HSL = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 635 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.424 (Q703_T1) - (Q703_T1) HMI Name Q703_T1 Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T1 Definition MTP2 timer "alignment ready". Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 1/10 sec 40 50 50 External Comment not used if EN_HSL = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 636 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.425 (Q703_T1_HSL) - (Q703_T1_HSL) HMI Name Q703_T1_HSL Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T1_HSL Definition MTP2 timer "alignment ready" for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used). Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 25 350 300 External Comment used if EN_HSL = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 637 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.426 (Q703_T2) - (Q703_T2) HMI Name Q703_T2 Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T2 Definition MTP2 timer "not aligned". Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 1/10 sec 5 150 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 638 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.427 (Q703_T3) - (Q703_T3) HMI Name Q703_T3 Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T3 Definition MTP2 timer "aligned". Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 2 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 639 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.428 (Q703_T4E) - (Q703_T4E) HMI Name Q703_T4E Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T4E Definition MTP2 Emergency proving period. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.4 0.6 0.5 External Comment Applicable to LSL and HSL. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 640 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.429 (Q703_T4N) - (Q703_T4N) HMI Name Q703_T4N Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T4N Definition MTP2 Normal proving period. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 7.5 9.5 8.2 External Comment not used if EN_HSL = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 641 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.430 (Q703_T4N_HSL) - (Q703_T4N_HSL) HMI Name Q703_T4N_HSL Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T4N_HSL Definition MTP2 Normal proving period for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used). Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 3 70 30 External Comment used if EN_HSL = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 642 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.431 (Q703_T5) - (Q703_T5) HMI Name Q703_T5 Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T5 Definition MTP2 timer "sending SIB". Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 80 120 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 643 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.432 (Q703_T6) - (Q703_T6) HMI Name Q703_T6 Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T6 Definition MTP2 timer "remote congestion". Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 3 6 5.4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 644 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.433 (Q703_T7) - (Q703_T7) HMI Name Q703_T7 Parameter Name Logical Name Q703_T7 Definition MTP2 timer "excessive delay of acknowledgement". Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 2 1 External Comment In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2 seconds by the BSC. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 645 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.434 (Q704_T2) - (Q704_T2) HMI Name Q704_T2 Parameter Name Logical Name Q704_T2 Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.7 2 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 646 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.435 (Q704_T4) - (Q704_T4) HMI Name Q704_T4 Parameter Name Logical Name Q704_T4 Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt). Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 1.2 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 647 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.436 (Q704_T5) - (Q704_T5) HMI Name Q704_T5 Parameter Name Logical Name Q704_T5 Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt). Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 1.2 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 648 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.437 (Q707_T1) - (Q707_T1) HMI Name Q707_T1 Parameter Name Logical Name Q707_T1 Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 4 12 6.4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 649 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.438 (Q707_T2) - (Q707_T2) HMI Name Q707_T2 Parameter Name Logical Name Q707_T2 Definition MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 30 90 60 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 650 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.439 (RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER) - (RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)) HMI Name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER Parameter Name Logical Name RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. Coding rules 64: no filtering Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS). Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 0 64 64 External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 651 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.440 (RACH_BUSY_THRES) - (RACH_BUSY_THRES) HMI Name RACH_BUSY_THRES Parameter Name Logical Name RACH_BUSY_THRES Definition Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy. Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: 1: -110 dBm 5: -106 dBm 9: -102 dBm 13: -98 dBm 17: -94 dBm 21: -90 dBm 25: -86 dBm 29: -82 dBm 33: -78 dBm 37: -74 dBm 41: -70 dBm 45: -66 dBm 49: -62 dBm 53: -58 dBm 57: -54 dBm 61: -50 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -50 -106 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 652 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.441 (RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS) HMI Name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES Parameter Name Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path, for non AMR calls, or for AMR calls (NB or WB) for which Repeated SACCH and Repeated DL FACCH are activated. Coding rules Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M Recommended rules Values higher than 128 are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 255 18 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 653 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.442 (RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES_AMR) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR) HMI Name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES_AMR Parameter Name Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path for calls using an AMR codec (NB or WB) and for which Repeated SACCH and/or Repeated DL FACCH are not activated. Coding rules Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR > N_BSTXPWR_M Recommended rules Values higher than 128 are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 255 18 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 654 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.443 (RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRES) - (N_BSTXPWR_M) HMI Name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRES Parameter Name Logical Name N_BSTXPWR_M Definition Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery. Coding rules Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 0 127 13 External Comment Single 13 Umbrella 13 Concentric 13 Concentric Umbrella 13 Microcell 15 Minicell 13 Extended inner cell 13 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 13 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 655 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.444 (RADIOLINK_REP_DL_SACCH) - (RADIOLINK_REP_DL_SACCH) HMI Name RADIOLINK_REP_DL_SACCH Parameter Name Logical Name RADIOLINK_REP_DL_SACCH Definition Repeated DL SACCH activation threshold for UL RLT (Radio Link Timer) counter. Dynamic activation is triggered in the BTS when the UL RLT counter is inferior or equal to that threshold. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 0 127 10 External Comment - Function available on BSC Evolution only - The setting of this value is a trade-off between "triggering REP_DL_SACCH soon enough to take benefit from it before drop" and "triggering REP_DL_SACCH not too soon to let time to the recovery mechanism to increase the output power of the BTS to its max level before". - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 656 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.445 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)) HMI Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT Parameter Name Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. This applies to non AMR calls or to AMR (NB or WB) calls for which Repeated SACCH and Repeated DL FACCH are activated. Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 4 64 16 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 657 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.446 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)) HMI Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT Parameter Name Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. This applies to non AMR calls or to AMR (NB or WB) calls for which Repeated SACCH and Repeated DL FACCH are activated. Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 4 64 16 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 658 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.447 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR) HMI Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR Parameter Name Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision, for a call using an AMR codec (NB or WB) and for which Repeated SACCH and/or Repeated DL FACCH are not activated. Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 4 64 16 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 659 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.448 (REP_DL_FACCH_LEGACY_SUPPORT) - (REP_DL_FACCH_LEGACY_SUPPORT) HMI Name REP_DL_FACCH_LEGACY_SUPPORT Parameter Name Logical Name REP_DL_FACCH_LEGACY_SUPPORT Definition Legacy support for repeated downlink FACCH for AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls. This parameter concerns only the LAPDm command frames. Coding rules 0: repeated DL FACCH enabled only for the AMR mobile stations having indicated the support of the feature by repeated ACCH Capability bit = 1 1: repeated DL FACCH enabled for all AMR mobile stations Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - This parameter is relevant only if repeated downlink FACCH (EN_REP_DL_FACCH) is enabled. - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - The value 1 is used to tackle early implementations, ie for MS with repeated ACCH Capability bit=0 or MS without Repeated ACCH Capability bit (legacy MS). - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 660 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.449 (REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_FR) - (REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_FR) HMI Name REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_FR Parameter Name Logical Name REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_FR Definition Repeated DL FACCH activation threshold for AMR-NB FR calls. Dynamic activation is done as long as the codec mode request (CMR value) is inferior or equal to that threshold. Coding rules 0: off 1: 4,75 kbit/s 2: 5,15 kbit/s 3: 5,90 kbit/s 4: 6,70 kbit/s 5: 7,40 kbit/s 6: 7,95 kbit/s 7: 10,2 kbit/s 8: 12,2 kbit/s Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 8 3 External Comment - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - When setting the threshold to the max value, the repeated DL FACCH is always activated for AMR-NB FR codec (if allowed for the call). -Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 661 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.450 (REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_HR) - (REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_HR) HMI Name REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_HR Parameter Name Logical Name REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_HR Definition Repeated DL FACCH activation threshold for AMR-NB HR calls. Dynamic activation is done as long as the codec mode request (CMR value) is inferior or equal to that threshold. Coding rules 0: off 1: 4,75 kbit/s 2: 5,15 kbit/s 3: 5,90 kbit/s 4: 6,70 kbit/s 5: 7,40 kbit/s Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 5 3 External Comment - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - When setting the threshold to the max value, the repeated DL FACCH is always activated for AMR-NB HR codec (if allowed for the call). - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 662 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.451 (REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_WB) - (REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_WB) HMI Name REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_WB Parameter Name Logical Name REP_DL_FACCH_THRES_AMR_WB Definition Repeated DL FACCH activation threshold for AMR-WB GMSK calls. Dynamic activation is done as long as the codec mode request (CMR value) is inferior or equal to that threshold. Coding rules 0: off 1: 6,60 kbit/s 2: 8,85 kbit/s 3: 12,65 kbit/s Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 3 1 External Comment - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - When setting the threshold to the max value, the repeated DL FACCH is always activated for AMR-WB GMSK codec (if allowed for the call). - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 663 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.452 (Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH) - (Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH) HMI Name Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH Parameter Name Logical Name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH. Coding rules Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 40 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 664 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.453 (Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH) - (Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH) HMI Name Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH Parameter Name Logical Name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 40 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 665 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.454 (RESET_INDEFINITE) - (RESET_INDEFINITE) HMI Name RESET_INDEFINITE Parameter Name Logical Name RESET_INDEFINITE Definition This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged). Coding rules 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 666 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.455 (RESP_REQ) - (RESP_REQ) HMI Name RESP_REQ Parameter Name Logical Name RESP_REQ Definition This flag controls "Response request" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included Mandatory rules Recommended rules When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EXT_DR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 667 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.456 (RF_RES_IND_PERIOD) - (T_INTRF_L3) HMI Name RF_RES_IND_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name T_INTRF_L3 Definition Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION. Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 10 180 60 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 668 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.457 (RMS_TEMPLATE) - (RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX) HMI Name RMS_TEMPLATE Parameter Name Logical Name RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX Definition Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE, VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER). Coding rules coded from 1 to 16 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 16 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 669 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.458 (ROT) - (ROT) HMI Name ROT Parameter Name Logical Name ROT Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include "Time Difference" IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE. Coding rules 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 670 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.459 (RSL_RATE (BSC)) - (RSL_RATE (BSC)) HMI Name RSL_RATE (BSC) Parameter Name Logical Name RSL_RATE (BSC) Definition Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS. Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BTS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 671 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.460 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)) HMI Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 672 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.461 (RXLEV_DL_IH) - (RXLEV_DL_IH) HMI Name RXLEV_DL_IH Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_DL_IH Definition Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad downlink quality. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -65 External Comment Single -65 dBm (45) Umbrella -65 dBm (45) Concentric -65 dBm (45) Concentric Umbrella -65 dBm (45) Microcell -65 dBm (45) Minicell -65 dBm (45) Extended inner cell -70 dBm (40) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -60 dBm (50) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 673 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.462 (RXLEV_DL_ZONE) - (RXLEV_DL_ZONE) HMI Name RXLEV_DL_ZONE Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_DL_ZONE Definition Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -71 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric -71 dBm (39) Concentric Umbrella -71 dBm (39) Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 674 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.463 (RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO) - (RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO) HMI Name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO Definition Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12). Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -47 External Comment Single -65 dBm (45) Umbrella -65 dBm (45) Concentric -65 dBm (45) Concentric Umbrella -65 dBm (45) Microcell -65 dBm (45) Minicell -65 dBm (45) Extended inner cell -70 dBm (40) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -60 dBm (50) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 675 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.464 (RXLEV_MIN_n) - (RXLEVmin(n)) HMI Name RXLEV_MIN_n Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEVmin(n) Definition Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -96 External Comment Single -100 dBm (10) Umbrella -100 dBm (10) Concentric -100 dBm (10) Concentric Umbrella -100 dBm (10) Microcell -100 dBm (10) Minicell -100 dBm (10) Extended inner cell -100 dBm (10) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -102 dBm (8) Nb of TRX Dependent No 676 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.465 (RXLEV_UL_IH) - (RXLEV_UL_IH) HMI Name RXLEV_UL_IH Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_UL_IH Definition Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink quality. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -65 External Comment Single -75 dBm (35) Umbrella -75 dBm (35) Concentric -75 dBm (35) Concentric Umbrella -75 dBm (35) Microcell -65 dBm (45) Minicell -70 dBm (40) Extended inner cell -75 dBm (35) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -75 dBm (35) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 677 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.466 (RXLEV_UL_ZONE) - (RXLEV_UL_ZONE) HMI Name RXLEV_UL_ZONE Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_UL_ZONE Definition Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -78 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric -78 dBm (32) Concentric Umbrella -78 dBm (32) Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 678 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.467 (Schedule Period for Basic CBCH) - (Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH) HMI Name Schedule Period for Basic CBCH Parameter Name Logical Name Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value CBper 0 40 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 679 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.468 (Schedule period for Extended CBCH) - (Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH) HMI Name Schedule period for Extended CBCH Parameter Name Logical Name Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value CBper 0 40 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 680 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.469 (SDCCH_COUNTER) - (SDCCH_COUNTER) HMI Name SDCCH_COUNTER Parameter Name Logical Name SDCCH_COUNTER Definition Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 2 x Samfr 0 31 3 External Comment "0" means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 681 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.470 (SDCCH_HO) - (HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT) HMI Name SDCCH_HO Parameter Name Logical Name HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT Definition The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers. Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry Single enable (0) Umbrella enable (0) Concentric enable (0) Concentric Umbrella enable (0) Microcell enable (0) Minicell enable (0) Extended inner cell disabled (1) * Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell disabled (1) * Nb of TRX Dependent No 682 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.471 (Send_CM_Enquiry) - (BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY) HMI Name Send_CM_Enquiry Parameter Name Logical Name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY Definition Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time. Coding rules 0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC; 1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry; 2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry if algorithm A5/1 is not available (information available in MS classmark 1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST). Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 683 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.472 (Signalling Link Code) - (SLC) HMI Name Signalling Link Code Parameter Name Logical Name SLC Definition Signalling Link Code. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance N7 ch Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 684 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.473 (SMSCB_Features_Set) - (SMSCB_Features_set) HMI Name SMSCB_Features_Set Parameter Name Logical Name SMSCB_Features_set Definition This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product. Coding rules 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2 Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0" Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 2 1 External Comment When migrating from FS1 to FS2, USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes", CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 685 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.474 (SMSCB_Phase) - (SMSCB_Phase) HMI Name SMSCB_Phase Parameter Name Logical Name SMSCB_Phase Definition This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode. Coding rules 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+ Mandatory rules If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+" SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 686 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.475 (SMSCB_Recovery) - (SMSCB_Recovery) HMI Name SMSCB_Recovery Parameter Name Logical Name SMSCB_Recovery Definition This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication message. Coding rules 0: No, 1: Yes Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 687 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.476 (SMSCB_State) - (SMSCB_State) HMI Name SMSCB_State Parameter Name Logical Name SMSCB_State Definition This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated. Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 688 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.477 (Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2) - (STRIP_O5_CM2) HMI Name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2 Parameter Name Logical Name STRIP_O5_CM2 Definition This flag controls the format of the "Classmark 2" IE sent to the MSC. Coding rules 0: no modification on "Classmark2" IE, 1: octet 5 of "Classmark2" IE is stripped out Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 689 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.478 (SYNCHRONISED_HO) - (EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO) HMI Name SYNCHRONISED_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO Definition This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 690 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.479 (T(conn est)) - (T(conn est)) HMI Name T(conn est) Parameter Name Logical Name T(conn est) Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message. Coding rules step size = 0.5sec Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 10 127.5 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 691 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.480 (T(iar)) - (T(iar)) HMI Name T(iar) Parameter Name Logical Name T(iar) Definition SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection. Coding rules step size = 6sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC It is recommended to configure T(iar) > (2 x T(ias) used by the MSC) + 1 min Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 402 1530 1260 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 692 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.481 (T(ias)) - (T(ias)) HMI Name T(ias) Parameter Name Logical Name T(ias) Definition SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message. Coding rules step size = 6sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC It is recommended to configure T(ias) < (T(iar) used by the MSC - 1 min) / 2 Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 96 450 300 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 693 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.482 (T(rel)) - (T(rel)) HMI Name T(rel) Parameter Name Logical Name T(rel) Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message. Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 8 127.5 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 694 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.483 (T(sst)) - (T(sst)) HMI Name T(sst) Parameter Name Logical Name T(sst) Definition SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages. Coding rules step size = 6sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules For BSC Evolution, ALU highly recommends setting this timer to 6 seconds to improve the BSC robustness. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 6 1200 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 695 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.484 (T_BIND_CNF) - (T_BIND_CNF) HMI Name T_BIND_CNF Parameter Name Logical Name T_BIND_CNF Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 10 300 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 696 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.485 (T_BURST) - (T_BURST) HMI Name T_BURST Parameter Name Logical Name T_BURST Definition Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages. Coding rules step size =0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 25.5 2 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 697 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.486 (T_HCP) - (T_HCP) HMI Name T_HCP Parameter Name Logical Name T_HCP Definition Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover. Coding rules step size= 1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 240 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 698 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.487 (T_HO_REQD_LOST) - (T_HO_REQD_LOST) HMI Name T_HO_REQD_LOST Parameter Name Logical Name T_HO_REQD_LOST Definition Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED. Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover execution Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 6 120 30 External Comment Depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 699 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.488 (T_IA) - (T_IA) HMI Name T_IA Parameter Name Logical Name T_IA Definition Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH queue. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 5 2.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 700 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.489 (T_INHIBIT_CPT) - (T_INHIBIT_CPT) HMI Name T_INHIBIT_CPT Parameter Name Logical Name T_INHIBIT_CPT Definition Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited. Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 240 0 External Comment T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 701 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.490 (T_MS_CELL_REJ) - (T_MS_CELL_REJ) HMI Name T_MS_CELL_REJ Parameter Name Logical Name T_MS_CELL_REJ Definition Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent handover attempts. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 20 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 702 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.491 (T_PAG_CS) - (T_PAG_CS (BSC)) HMI Name T_PAG_CS Parameter Name Logical Name T_PAG_CS (BSC) Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 703 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.492 (T_PAG_CS) - (T_PAG_CS (MFS)) HMI Name T_PAG_CS Parameter Name Logical Name T_PAG_CS (MFS) Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC) Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 704 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.493 (T_QHO) - (T_qho) HMI Name T_QHO Parameter Name Logical Name T_qho Definition Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests. Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 20 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 705 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.494 (T_SDCCH_PC) - (T_SDCCH_PC) HMI Name T_SDCCH_PC Parameter Name Logical Name T_SDCCH_PC Definition Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) Mandatory rules Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 2 x Samfr 0 31 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 706 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.495 (T1) - (T1_short) HMI Name T1 Parameter Name Logical Name T1_short Definition Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 10 25.5 16 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 707 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.496 (T11) - (T11) HMI Name T11 Parameter Name Logical Name T11 Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests. Coding rules step size = 1 s Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 19 6 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 708 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.497 (T11_FORCED) - (T11_FORCED) HMI Name T11_FORCED Parameter Name Logical Name T11_FORCED Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 19 4 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 709 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.498 (T13) - (T13) HMI Name T13 Parameter Name Logical Name T13 Definition Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 15 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 710 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.499 (T17) - (T17) HMI Name T17 Parameter Name Logical Name T17 Definition Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD. Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 711 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.500 (T18) - (T18) HMI Name T18 Parameter Name Logical Name T18 Definition Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage. Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 712 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.501 (T18_OVERLOAD) - (T18_Overload) HMI Name T18_OVERLOAD Parameter Name Logical Name T18_Overload Definition Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecom global reset procedure. Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 6553.5 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 713 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.502 (T19) - (T19) HMI Name T19 Parameter Name Logical Name T19 Definition Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 25.5 10 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 714 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.503 (T20) - (T20) HMI Name T20 Parameter Name Logical Name T20 Definition Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure. Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 10 25.5 16 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 715 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.504 (T200 (BSC)) - (T200 (BSC)) HMI Name T200 (BSC) Parameter Name Logical Name T200 (BSC) Definition Supervision of acknowledgements. Coding rules step size: 100ms; (1: 100ms, 2: 200ms, 3: 300ms, 4: 400ms, .. . , 10: 1000ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance A-bis link Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 300 1000 300 External Comment The value of T200 (BSC) is driven by the associated Abis connection type. It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) The default value 300 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 716 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.505 (T200_TF) - (T200_TF) HMI Name T200_TF Parameter Name Logical Name T200_TF Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0. Coding rules Step size = 20 msec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Values higher than 1000ms are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 200 5100 200 External Comment Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately on new CS calls established after modification. When Repeated DL FACCH is used, 40msec are automatically added by the BTS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 717 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.506 (T200_TH) - (T200_TH) HMI Name T200_TH Parameter Name Logical Name T200_TH Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0. Coding rules step size = 20 msec. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Values higher than 1000ms are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 180 5100 180 External Comment Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately on new CS calls established after modification. When Repeated DL FACCH is used, 40msec are automatically added by the BTS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 718 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.507 (T3101) - (T3101) HMI Name T3101 Parameter Name Logical Name T3101 Definition Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T3101 > 2s Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 719 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.508 (T3103) - (T3103) HMI Name T3103 Parameter Name Logical Name T3103 Definition Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 16.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 720 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.509 (T3105D) - (T3105_D) HMI Name T3105D Parameter Name Logical Name T3105_D Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH. Coding rules Mandatory rules T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 200 220 200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 721 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.510 (T3105D_STOP) - (T3105_D_STOP) HMI Name T3105D_STOP Parameter Name Logical Name T3105_D_STOP Definition Criterion to stop T3105_D timer. Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 722 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.511 (T3105F_FR) - (T3105_F_FR) HMI Name T3105F_FR Parameter Name Logical Name T3105_F_FR Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR channels. Coding rules Mandatory rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 20 250 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 723 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.512 (T3105F_HR) - (T3105_F_HR) HMI Name T3105F_HR Parameter Name Logical Name T3105_F_HR Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR channels. Coding rules Mandatory rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 20 250 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 724 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.513 (T3105F_STOP) - (T3105_F_STOP) HMI Name T3105F_STOP Parameter Name Logical Name T3105_F_STOP Definition Criterion to stop T3105_F timer. Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 725 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.514 (T3106D) - (T3106_D) HMI Name T3106D Parameter Name Logical Name T3106_D Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules T3106_D < T3103 T3106_D < T9113 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 1100 1500 1200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 726 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.515 (T3106D_STOP) - (T3106_D_STOP) HMI Name T3106D_STOP Parameter Name Logical Name T3106_D_STOP Definition Criterion to stop T3106_D timer. Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 727 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.516 (T3106F) - (T3106_F) HMI Name T3106F Parameter Name Logical Name T3106_F Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH synchronous handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules T3106_F < T3103 T3106_F < T9113 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 500 1000 1000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 728 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.517 (T3106F_STOP) - (T3106_F_STOP) HMI Name T3106F_STOP Parameter Name Logical Name T3106_F_STOP Definition Criterion to stop T3106_F timer. Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 729 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.518 (T3107) - (T3107) HMI Name T3107 Parameter Name Logical Name T3107 Definition Supervision of the Assignment procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 14 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 730 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.519 (T3109) - (T3109) HMI Name T3109 Parameter Name Logical Name T3109 Definition Supervision of the Channel Release procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 35 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 731 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.520 (T3111) - (T3111) HMI Name T3111 Parameter Name Logical Name T3111 Definition Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 2 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 732 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.521 (T3212) - (T3212 (BSC)) HMI Name T3212 Parameter Name Logical Name T3212 (BSC) Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. Coding rules 0: no periodic location update Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 6 mn 0 255 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 733 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.522 (T4) - (T4) HMI Name T4 Parameter Name Logical Name T4 Definition Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 2 6553.5 3 External Comment T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 734 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.523 (T7) - (T7) HMI Name T7 Parameter Name Logical Name T7 Definition Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 20 5 External Comment Default value depends on MSC type Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 735 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.524 (T8) - (T8) HMI Name T8 Parameter Name Logical Name T8 Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 14 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 736 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.525 (T9104) - (T9104) HMI Name T9104 Parameter Name Logical Name T9104 Definition Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 737 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.526 (T9105) - (T9105) HMI Name T9105 Parameter Name Logical Name T9105 Definition Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est) Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 11 6553,5 31 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 738 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.527 (T9112) - (T9112) HMI Name T9112 Parameter Name Logical Name T9112 Definition Supervision of the channel modification in the MS. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify procedure. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 6553.5 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 739 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.528 (T9113) - (T9113) HMI Name T9113 Parameter Name Logical Name T9113 Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 740 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.529 (TA_STAT) - (TA_STAT) HMI Name TA_STAT Parameter Name Logical Name TA_STAT Definition Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 0 63 8 External Comment 1 bper corresponds to about 550m Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 741 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.530 (TCH load threshold for Auto AC) - (N_threshold) HMI Name TCH load threshold for Auto AC Parameter Name Logical Name N_threshold Definition Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 742 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.531 (TEMPORARY_OFFSET) - (TEMPORARY_OFFSET) HMI Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 infinity 0 External Comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. Single 0 dB (0) Umbrella 0 dB (0) Concentric 0 dB (0) Concentric Umbrella 0 dB (0) Microcell infinity (7) Minicell infinity (7) Extended inner cell 0 dB (0) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 0 dB (0) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 743 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.532 (TFO HR when loaded) - (FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED) HMI Name TFO HR when loaded Parameter Name Logical Name FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED Definition Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half Rate, when the cell is loaded and the call is currently allocated with an Half Rate codec type (HR or AMR-NB HR) for load reason. Coding rules 0 : "TFO with Half Rate codec not forced", if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate codec, the BSC will propose to establish TFO with all the supported codec types, including the Full Rate ones (except the FR AMR-WB codec). 1 : "TFO with Half Rate codec only", if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate codec, it will stay in Half Rate even in case of TFO mismatch situation (if TFO is not possible in Half Rate on remote side, TFO is not established). 2 : "TFO with Half Rate codec preferred", if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate codec, the BSC will propose in a first step to establish TFO providing only the supported Half Rate codecs only. If TFO is not possible in Half Rate on remote side, the BSC will try to establish TFO with all the supported codec types, including the Full Rate ones (except the FR AMR-WB codec), provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1. Mandatory rules Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1 Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment When the call is currently allocated with AMR-NB HR for load reason and when TFO is possible for that call (TFO on AMR-NB supported by the TC and configured in the cell), then the BSC automatically behaviors as "TFO with Half Rate codec only", and set the list of the supported codec types according to the ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST parameter. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 744 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.533 (THR_CCCH_LOAD) - (THR_CCCH_LOAD) HMI Name THR_CCCH_LOAD Parameter Name Logical Name THR_CCCH_LOAD Definition Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 100 3000 500 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 745 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.534 (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) - (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) HMI Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 Parameter Name Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy with HR or AMR-NB HR codec type in a dual rate cell. Coding rules step size = 10% Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 746 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.535 (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) - (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) HMI Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 Parameter Name Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy with AMR-NB HR codec type and for AMR-NB channel adaptation handover (Cause 26 and Cause 27) in a dual rate cell. Coding rules Step size = 10% Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 747 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.536 (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) - (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) HMI Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 Parameter Name Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy with HR or AMR-NB HR codec type in a dual rate cell. Coding rules Step size = 10% Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 748 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.537 (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) - (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) HMI Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 Parameter Name Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy with AMR-NB HR codec type and for AMR-NB channel adaptation handover (Cause 26 and Cause 27) in a dual rate cell. Coding rules Step size = 10% Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 749 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.538 (THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH) - (THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH) HMI Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH Parameter Name Logical Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH Definition Threshold for AMR-NB channel adaptation handover under high load (Cause 26 and Cause 27). Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 ... 7 coded as 70) Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 750 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.539 (THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL) - (THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL) HMI Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Parameter Name Logical Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Definition Threshold for AMR-NB channel adaptation handover under normal load (Cause 26 and Cause 27). Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 ... 7 coded as 70) Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 751 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.540 (TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD) - (TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD) HMI Name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD Definition Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem OMC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 2 3264 120 External Comment The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 752 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.541 (TRX zone) - (ZONE_TYPE) HMI Name TRX zone Parameter Name Logical Name ZONE_TYPE Definition Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell. Coding rules Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Bitmap SubSystem BSC Instance TRX Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric # Concentric Umbrella # Microcell N/A Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 753 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.542 (TRX_CIPH_CAP) - (TRX_CIPH_CAP) HMI Name TRX_CIPH_CAP Parameter Name Logical Name TRX_CIPH_CAP Definition Indicates the ciphering algorithms supported by the TRX in TDM mode and in IP mode. Coding rules The first byte indicates the ciphering capability in TDM mode. The second byte indicates the ciphering capability in IP mode. Each byte is coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is permitted. Bit x=0 : encryption algorithm not supported Bit x=1 : encryption algorithm supported bit 0 : A5/0 (no ciphering) bit 1 : A5/1. bit 2 : A5/2 bit 3 : A5/3 bit 4 : A5/4 ... bit 7 : A5/7. Mandatory rules The possible values for each byte are : - A5/0 + A5/1 - A5/0 + A5/1 +A5/3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Bitmap SubSystem BSC Instance TRX Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 771 External Comment A5/2 is not supported by the BSS. Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here (A5/0 + A5/1 for both mode) is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 754 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.543 (TSC) - (TSC) HMI Name TSC Parameter Name Logical Name TSC Definition Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH Coding rules coded over 3 bits Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS: *) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP TS 05.02 which states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be equal to the BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also set to BCC. **) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter TSC. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 755 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.544 (TX_INTEGER) - (Tx_integer (BSC)) HMI Name TX_INTEGER Parameter Name Logical Name Tx_integer (BSC) Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_integer (MFS) Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC 756 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 3 50 32 External Comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 757 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.545 (U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO) - (U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO) HMI Name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO Parameter Name Logical Name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO Definition Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -47 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell -91 dBm (19) Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 758 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.546 (U_RXLEV_DL_P) - (U_RXLEV_DL_P) HMI Name U_RXLEV_DL_P Parameter Name Logical Name U_RXLEV_DL_P Definition Upper downlink level threshold for power control. Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -75 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 759 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.547 (U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO) - (U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO) HMI Name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO Parameter Name Logical Name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO Definition Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -47 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell -98 dBm (12) Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 760 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.548 (U_RXLEV_UL_P) - (U_RXLEV_UL_P) HMI Name U_RXLEV_UL_P Parameter Name Logical Name U_RXLEV_UL_P Definition Upper uplink level threshold for power control. Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -75 External Comment Single -85 dBm (25) Umbrella -85 dBm (25) Concentric -85 dBm (25) Concentric Umbrella -85 dBm (25) Microcell -75 dBm (35) Minicell -85 dBm (25) Extended inner cell -85 dBm (25) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell -85 dBm (25) Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 761 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.549 (U_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (U_RXQUAL_DL_P) HMI Name U_RXQUAL_DL_P Parameter Name Logical Name U_RXQUAL_DL_P Definition Upper downlink quality threshold for power control. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 1 External Comment Highest value is the worst quality Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 762 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.550 (U_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (U_RXQUAL_UL_P) HMI Name U_RXQUAL_UL_P Parameter Name Logical Name U_RXQUAL_UL_P Definition Upper uplink quality threshold for power control. Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 1 External Comment Highest value is the worst quality Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 763 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.551 (UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (U_TIME_ADVANCE) HMI Name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE Parameter Name Logical Name U_TIME_ADVANCE Definition Timing Advance threshold for distance handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 0 63 63 External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m Single 35 km (63) Umbrella 35 km (63) Concentric 35 km (63) Concentric Umbrella 35 km (63) Microcell 1 km (2) Minicell 35 km (63) Extended inner cell 34.5 km (62) Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 35 km (63) Nb of TRX Dependent No 764 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.552 (VQ_AVERAGE) - (VQ_AVERAGE) HMI Name VQ_AVERAGE Parameter Name Logical Name VQ_AVERAGE Definition Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics. Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 0 128 6 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 765 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.553 (VQ_BAD_RXFER) - (VQ_BAD_RXFER) HMI Name VQ_BAD_RXFER Parameter Name Logical Name VQ_BAD_RXFER Definition Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, ..., 200 = 20%) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 20 3 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 766 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.554 (VQ_FER_THRESHOLD) - (VQ_FER_THRESHOLD) HMI Name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD Parameter Name Logical Name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD Definition Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics. Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 30 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 767 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.555 (VQ_GOOD_RXFER) - (VQ_GOOD_RXFER) HMI Name VQ_GOOD_RXFER Parameter Name Logical Name VQ_GOOD_RXFER Definition Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, ..., 200 = 20%) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 20 1 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 768 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.556 (VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD) - (VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD) HMI Name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD Parameter Name Logical Name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD Definition Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics. Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 30 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 769 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.557 (VQ_RXLEV) - (VQ_RXLEV) HMI Name VQ_RXLEV Parameter Name Logical Name VQ_RXLEV Definition Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -95 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 770 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.558 (VQ_RXQUAL) - (VQ_RXQUAL) HMI Name VQ_RXQUAL Parameter Name Logical Name VQ_RXQUAL Definition Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 771 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.559 (VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER) - (VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER) HMI Name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER Parameter Name Logical Name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER Definition Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 772 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.560 (W_LEV_HO) - (W_LEV_HO) HMI Name W_LEV_HO Parameter Name Logical Name W_LEV_HO Definition Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 773 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.561 (W_LEV_MCHO) - (W_LEV_MCHO) HMI Name W_LEV_MCHO Parameter Name Logical Name W_LEV_MCHO Definition Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Single N/A Umbrella N/A Concentric N/A Concentric Umbrella N/A Microcell 1 Minicell N/A Extended inner cell N/A Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell N/A Nb of TRX Dependent No 774 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.562 (W_LEV_PC) - (W_LEV_PC) HMI Name W_LEV_PC Parameter Name Logical Name W_LEV_PC Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 775 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.563 (W_PBGT_HO) - (W_PBGT_HO) HMI Name W_PBGT_HO Parameter Name Logical Name W_PBGT_HO Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 776 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.564 (W_QUAL_CA) - (W_QUAL_CA) HMI Name W_QUAL_CA Parameter Name Logical Name W_QUAL_CA Definition Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 777 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.565 (W_QUAL_HO) - (W_QUAL_HO) HMI Name W_QUAL_HO Parameter Name Logical Name W_QUAL_HO Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 778 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.566 (W_QUAL_PC) - (W_QUAL_PC) HMI Name W_QUAL_PC Parameter Name Logical Name W_QUAL_PC Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied. Coding rules Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 779 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.567 (WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING) - (MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING) HMI Name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING Parameter Name Logical Name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING Definition This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the MSC. Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC. - Parameter change: after modification, a BSC restart procedure is needed. On going calls are not disrupted (as long as no new signalling exchange is needed) but the new traffic is not accepted during that procedure. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 780 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.568 (WI_CR) - (WI_CR) HMI Name WI_CR Parameter Name Logical Name WI_CR Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Call Re-establishment". Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 781 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.569 (WI_EC) - (WI_EC) HMI Name WI_EC Parameter Name Logical Name WI_EC Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Emergency call". Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 782 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.570 (WI_OC) - (WI_OC) HMI Name WI_OC Parameter Name Logical Name WI_OC Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Originating call". Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 783 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.571 (WI_OP) - (WI_OP) HMI Name WI_OP Parameter Name Logical Name WI_OP Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Location updating" or "Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH". Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 255 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 784 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.572 (ZONE_HO_HYST_DL) - (ZONE_HO_HYST_DL) HMI Name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL Parameter Name Logical Name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -40 40 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 785 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.2.573 (ZONE_HO_HYST_UL) - (ZONE_HO_HYST_UL) HMI Name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL Parameter Name Logical Name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -40 40 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 786 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.3 System (CST) 5.3.1 (Interference band 5 upper limit) - (INTFBD5) HMI Name Interference band 5 upper limit Parameter Name Logical Name INTFBD5 Definition Upper limit of interference band 5. Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category System (CST) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -47 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 787 / 1278 5 GSM Telecom Parameters 5.3.2 (SMSCB_Mode) - (SMSCB_Mode) HMI Name SMSCB_Mode Parameter Name Logical Name SMSCB_Mode Definition This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC. Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category System (CST) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 788 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 789 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1 Network (CDE) 6.1.1 (BSSGP_T3) - (bssgp_T3) HMI Name BSSGP_T3 Parameter Name Logical Name bssgp_T3 Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN. Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ... ; 10: 1 ; ... ; 100: 10 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 10 0.6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 790 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.2 (BSSGP_T4) - (bssgp_T4) HMI Name BSSGP_T4 Parameter Name Logical Name bssgp_T4 Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN. Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ... ; 10: 1 ; ... ; 100: 10 Mandatory rules Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 10 0.6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 791 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.3 (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) - (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) HMI Name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING Parameter Name Logical Name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING Definition This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 792 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.4 (EN_CBL) - (EN_CBL) HMI Name EN_CBL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_CBL Definition This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation) Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 793 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.5 (FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC) - (FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC) HMI Name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC Parameter Name Logical Name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC Definition Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 100 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 794 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.6 (FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS) - (FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS) HMI Name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS Parameter Name Logical Name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS Definition Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot class of the MS present on the network Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 795 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.7 (GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF) - (GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF) HMI Name GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF Parameter Name Logical Name GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF Definition Threshold to enter the first level of GP(U) buffer congestion in a given GP(U) (buffers used for LLC PDU storage and the BSCGP signalling message storage). Coding rules Mandatory rules GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2 > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 70 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 796 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.8 (GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON) - (GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON) HMI Name GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON Parameter Name Logical Name GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON Definition Threshold to exit the first level of GP(U) buffer congestion in a given GP(U) (buffers used for LLC PDU storage and the BSCGP signalling message storage). Coding rules Mandatory rules GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2 > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 797 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.9 (GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2) - (GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2) HMI Name GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2 Definition Threshold defining the second level of GP(U) buffer congestion in a given GP(U) (buffers used for LLC PDU storage and the BSCGP signalling message storage). Coding rules Mandatory rules GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2 > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 90 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 798 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.10 (K_GSL (BSC)) - (K_GSL (BSC)) HMI Name K_GSL (BSC) Parameter Name Logical Name K_GSL (BSC) Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 16 7 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 799 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.11 (K_GSL (MFS)) - (K_GSL (MFS)) HMI Name K_GSL (MFS) Parameter Name Logical Name K_GSL (MFS) Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 32 7 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 800 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.12 (MAX_BLER) - (MAX_BLER) HMI Name MAX_BLER Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_BLER Definition Maximum mean BLER value that a TBF can possibly reach Coding rules step size = 0,05 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 0.95 0.35 External Comment The MAX_BLER value is used by RRM to evaluate the minimum number of GCHs necessary to support RT traffic on a TRX. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 801 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.13 (N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC) - (N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC) HMI Name N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC Parameter Name Logical Name N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC Definition Number of bytes above which a transition from "short data" to "long data" MS transfer shall be periodically reattempted (only useful in the rare cases where such a transition previously failed). Coding rules step size = 100 bytes Mandatory rules Recommended rules N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS <= N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 100 100000 10000 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - A transition from "short data" to "long data" MS transfer can only fail in the rare cases where there is a too high number of TBFs on the TRX / in some very specific reallocation failure scenarios. A low value of N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC should be avoided because it will tend to increase the CPU load of the MFS for a defence case which should be rare (if TRX and Abis/Ater transmission resources are properly dimensioned). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 802 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.14 (N391) - (N391) HMI Name N391 Parameter Name Logical Name N391 Definition Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 803 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.15 (N392) - (N392) HMI Name N392 Parameter Name Logical Name N392 Definition Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 804 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.16 (N393) - (N393) HMI Name N393 Parameter Name Logical Name N393 Definition Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 805 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.17 (NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC) - (NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC) HMI Name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC Parameter Name Logical Name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC Definition In a G2 BSC, Xoff threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the "GSL output buffer") above which channel requests are no longer allowed to be sent on this GSL link. The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid "GSL output buffer" overflow. Coding rules Mandatory rules NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 5 105 20 External Comment Applicable only to TDM mode. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 806 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.18 (NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC) - (NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC) HMI Name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC Parameter Name Logical Name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC Definition In an Evolution BSC, Xoff threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the "GSL output buffer") above which channel requests are no longer allowed to be sent on this GSL link. The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid "GSL output buffer" overflow. Coding rules Mandatory rules NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 5 105 84 External Comment Applicable only to TDM mode. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 807 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.19 (NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC) - (NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC) HMI Name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC Parameter Name Logical Name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC Definition In a G2 BSC, Xon hysteresis threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the "GSL output buffer") below which channel requests can again be sent on this GSL link. The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid "GSL output buffer" overflow. Coding rules Mandatory rules NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 5 105 10 External Comment Applicable only to TDM mode. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 808 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.20 (NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC) - (NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC) HMI Name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC Parameter Name Logical Name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC Definition In an Evolution BSC, Xon hysteresis threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the "GSL output buffer") below which channel requests can again be sent on this GSL link. The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid "GSL output buffer" overflow. Coding rules Mandatory rules NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 5 105 52 External Comment Applicable only to TDM mode Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 809 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.21 (NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN) - (NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN) HMI Name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN Parameter Name Logical Name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN Definition For a PDCH, percentage of channel capacity (in terms of radio block scheduling) which is exclusively reserved to NRT TBFs. That capacity is not allowed to be allocated to a streaming TBF (RT PFC). Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 7 External Comment In each direction (DL or UL), the minimum number of NRT TBFs which are possible (in all cases) to be established on a PDCH is equal to ((NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN/100) * (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING/20ms)) rounded down to the closest integer value. This minimum number of NRT TBFs is guaranteed even in case of RT PFC allocation on the PDCH. The higher the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting RT PFC creation requests. The lower the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting NRT TBF establishment requests (signalling or data traffic). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 810 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.22 (PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER) - (PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER) HMI Name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER Parameter Name Logical Name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER Definition Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime. Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Should be set to "ordering disabled", when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to "ordering enabled". Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 811 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.23 (S_BECN) - (S_BECN) HMI Name S_BECN Parameter Name Logical Name S_BECN Definition Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 812 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.24 (SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR) - (SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR) HMI Name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR Parameter Name Logical Name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR Definition When computing the best candidate timeslot allocation for an NRT TBF, this factor enables to give a higher weight (PDCH capacity) to the already-established NRT TBFs having a higher scheduling priority (combination of THP and of Precedence) than the TBF to be established or reallocated. This factor will tend to avoid piling up several TBFs with different scheduling priorities on the same PDCHs, which would degrade the throughput of the low-priority TBFs. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 2 External Comment The higher the value of T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING is, the higher the value of SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR shall be, in order to avoid degrading the throughput of the low-priority TBFs in a significant manner (if it is possible according to the available PDCHs in the cell). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 813 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.25 (T_ACK_WAIT) - (T_ACK_WAIT) HMI Name T_ACK_WAIT Parameter Name Logical Name T_ACK_WAIT Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode, or on main DCCH when the MS is in dedicated mode. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS. - T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM). - T_ack_wait = 2300 ms if GPRS traffic between BTS and MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms) in at least one cell of the MFS and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for all the corresponding BTS. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 5 1.2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 814 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.26 (T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH) - (T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH) HMI Name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH Parameter Name Logical Name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10 Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 10 2.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 815 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.27 (T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC) - (T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC) HMI Name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC Parameter Name Logical Name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC Definition Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (triggers T3 and T4). In a given cell, at each expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer : - up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4 T4 reallocation attempts are performed, - up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4 T4 reallocations are performed, - up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 T3 reallocation attempts are performed, - up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 T3 reallocations are performed. Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on Mandatory rules Recommended rules T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 20 1 External Comment This parameter, together with the parameters N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3, N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 and N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4, allows to : - to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 and T4 reallocations, - and to control the extra CPU load generated by T3 and T4 reallocation attempts (the lowest the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the highest the generated CPU load). 816 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 817 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.28 (T_GCH_release) - (Trelease) HMI Name T_GCH_release Parameter Name Logical Name Trelease Definition Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel. Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Trelease > Tdsl Treq_pending > Trelease Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 200 1200 500 External Comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 818 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.29 (T_GPRS_Resume) - (T_GPRS_Resume) HMI Name T_GPRS_Resume Parameter Name Logical Name T_GPRS_Resume Definition Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS channel. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50 Mandatory rules T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s) Recommended rules T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1)) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.2 5 1 External Comment T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 819 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.30 (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING) - (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING) HMI Name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING Parameter Name Logical Name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING Definition Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF). Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.12 0.3 0.3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 820 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.31 (T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCE) - (T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCE) HMI Name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCE Parameter Name Logical Name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCE Definition This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL. Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 0 5000 1000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 821 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.32 (T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD) - (T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD) HMI Name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD Parameter Name Logical Name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD Definition This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a rerouting request. Coding rules step size = 50 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 50 2000 500 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 822 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.33 (T_ul_2_ph_access) - (T_One_Block) HMI Name T_ul_2_ph_access Parameter Name Logical Name T_One_Block Definition Timer to postpone the release of the M-EGCH link of a TRX, when the TRX does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment on one of the RTSs of the TRX Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_one_block = 4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_one_block = 5 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM). - T_one_block = 6 s if GPRS traffic between BTS and MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms) in at least one cell of the MFS and and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for all the corresponding BTS. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 3 10 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 823 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.34 (T_ul_access_max) - (T_ul_access_max) HMI Name T_ul_access_max Parameter Name Logical Name T_ul_access_max Definition Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment. Coding rules step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules The two following rules are recommended: i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation requested towards the BSC. ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on whether or not GPRS traffic is carried between BTS and MFS through satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms): - T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in at least one cell of the MFS (and this is irrespective of the BSS transport mode: Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = TDM or IP or mixed mode), - T_ul_access_max = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in all the cells of the MFS (and this is irrespective of the BSS transport mode: Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = TDM or IP or mixed mode). Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 0 5000 1400 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 824 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.35 (T_WAIT_FLUSH) - (T_WAIT_FLUSH) HMI Name T_WAIT_FLUSH Parameter Name Logical Name T_WAIT_FLUSH Definition Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message or a GPRS suspend message further to the release of the on-going TBF(s) Coding rules Step size : 0.5 sec 1 coded 1; 1,5 coded 2; 2 coded 3; 2,5 coded 4; .... 15,5 coded 30 and 16 coded 31 Mandatory rules Recommended rules The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection duration plus the time for the MS to switch back to the old cell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure message. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 16 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 825 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.36 (T1) - (bssgp_T1) HMI Name T1 Parameter Name Logical Name bssgp_T1 Definition Guards the (un)blocking procedures. Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 30 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 826 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.37 (T2) - (bssgp_T2) HMI Name T2 Parameter Name Logical Name bssgp_T2 Definition Guards the reset procedure. Coding rules step size=1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 120 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 827 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.38 (T200_GSL (MFS)) - (T200_GSL (MFS)) HMI Name T200_GSL (MFS) Parameter Name Logical Name T200_GSL (MFS) Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (MFS) > T200_GSL (MFS) * (1 + N200_GSL (MFS)) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T200_GSL(MFS) = 1 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - T200_GSL(MFS) = 2 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 2 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 828 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.39 (T391) - (T391) HMI Name T391 Parameter Name Logical Name T391 Definition Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, A.7). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 5 30 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 829 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.40 (TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL) - (TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL) HMI Name TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL Definition Multiplication factor used in the computation of the maximum number of DL TBFs allowed to be established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX (i.e. in the M-EGCH link of this TRX). Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 5 1 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - If there is a great amount of "short data" TBFs in the network (delayed DL or extended UL phases are longer than actual TBF traffic phases), the existing TBF limitations (in number of TBFs established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX) may be too restrictive and lead to some TBF establishment failures. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters allow to increase this limit, so to be more flexible. Another justification for the TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters is that the limits for DL and UL TBF numbers may be different. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters are used in the formulae to compute Min_Nb_GCH_Best_Effort_XL (RRM-PRH). An increase of their value should be validated by load tests (in order to check, among others, that the DSP can support the induced extra CPU load). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 830 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.41 (TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL) - (TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL) HMI Name TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL Definition Multiplication factor used in the computation of the maximum number of UL TBFs allowed to be established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX (i.e. in the M-EGCH link of this TRX). Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 5 1 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - If there is a great amount of "short data" TBFs in the network (delayed DL or extended UL phases are longer than actual TBF traffic phases), the existing TBF limitations (in number of TBFs established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX) may be too restrictive and lead to some TBF establishment failures. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters allow to increase this limit, so to be more flexible. Another justification for the TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters is that the limits for DL and UL TBF numbers may be different. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters are used in the formulae to compute Min_Nb_GCH_Best_Effort_XL (RRM-PRH). An increase of their value should be validated by load tests (in order to check, among others, that the DSP can support the induced extra CPU load). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 831 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.42 (TnsBlock) - (Tns_block) HMI Name TnsBlock Parameter Name Logical Name Tns_block Definition Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 120 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 832 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.43 (TnsReset) - (Tns_reset) HMI Name TnsReset Parameter Name Logical Name Tns_reset Definition Time-out for reset procedure. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 120 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 833 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.44 (TnsTest) - (Tns_test) HMI Name TnsTest Parameter Name Logical Name Tns_test Definition Overall time-out to test an NS-VC. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 60 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 834 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.1.45 (Treq_pending) - (Treq_pending) HMI Name Treq_pending Parameter Name Logical Name Treq_pending Definition Maximum time during which a GCH establishment or release request from PMU can be delayed in MEGCH layer. Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Trelease+Tcorr Recommended rules Treq_pending > Testab+Tcorr Category Network (CDE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 1000 5200 2000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 835 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2 Site (CAE) 6.2.1 (ACCESS_BURST_TYPE) - (ACCESS_BURST_TYPE) HMI Name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE Parameter Name Logical Name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE Definition Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message. Coding rules 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts Mandatory rules A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same ACCESS_BURST_TYPE when they are PS capable. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 836 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.2 (Allowed priority classes) - (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)) HMI Name Allowed priority classes Parameter Name Logical Name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet access. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 6 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 837 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.3 (Allowed priority classes) - (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)) HMI Name Allowed priority classes Parameter Name Logical Name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet access. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 6 6 External Comment Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 838 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.4 (ALPHA) - (ALPHA (BSC)) HMI Name ALPHA Parameter Name Logical Name ALPHA (BSC) Definition Alpha power control parameter. Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 ... 1010 Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 839 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.5 (ALPHA) - (ALPHA (MFS)) HMI Name ALPHA Parameter Name Logical Name ALPHA (MFS) Definition Alpha power control parameter. Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 ... 1010 Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 840 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.6 (Ater_Usage_Threshold) - (Ater_Usage_Threshold) HMI Name Ater_Usage_Threshold Parameter Name Logical Name Ater_Usage_Threshold Definition Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is said "high". Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU). For all the Ater_Usage_Threshold values being defined for the BSSs handled by the MFS, Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data <= Ater_Usage_Threshold 30%. Indeed, for consistency reasons, "short data" MS transfer optimizations should come prior to high Ater usage optimizations. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 1 100 70 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - When the Ater usage is "high", the GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage is applied, whereas when the Ater usage is "normal" (i.e. percentage of used Ater nibbles is below the threshold), no GCH reduction factor is applied. Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied only on new TBF established after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 841 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.7 (Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data) - (Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data) HMI Name Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data Parameter Name Logical Name Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data Definition Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is optimized for "short data" MS transfers. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules If Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data is not set to 100% (100% meaning that there is no Ater usage optimization for "short data" MS transfers), then it is recommended to set it to 30%, except if the drawbacks of another value (as explained in the external comments) are deemed acceptable. For all the Ater_Usage_Threshold values being defined for the BSSs handled by the MFS, Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data <= Ater_Usage_Threshold 30%. Indeed, for consistency reasons, "short data" MS transfer optimizations should come prior to high Ater usage optimizations. If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 100 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - Setting Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data to 100% means that there is no Ater usage optimization for "short data" MS transfers. If Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data is not set to 100%: - the higher the Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data value, the fewer ping time degradations and data transfer delays will be experienced, - the lower the Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data value, the more accurate the Ater consumption in the GPU will be (i.e. potential wastes of Ater resources will be minimized in the GPU). Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied only on new TBF established after modification. 842 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 843 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.8 (BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY) - (BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY) HMI Name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Best Effort Packet Flow Context, and for all MS traffic without PFC Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 12 External Comment Default value corresponds to the priority for interactive THP3. The minimum value (the highest priority) corresponds to one priority level below the streaming class. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 844 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.9 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS)) HMI Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES Parameter Name Logical Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Mandatory rules -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment - Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 - For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts Paging (paging queues are reset and paging is suspended until the reconfiguration is completed). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 845 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.10 (BS_CV_MAX) - (BS_CV_MAX (BSC)) HMI Name BS_CV_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name BS_CV_MAX (BSC) Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 9 External Comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 846 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.11 (BS_CV_MAX) - (BS_CV_MAX (MFS)) HMI Name BS_CV_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name BS_CV_MAX (MFS) Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 9 External Comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 847 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.12 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS)) HMI Name BS_PA_MFRMS Parameter Name Logical Name BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment. Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 2 9 5 External Comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 848 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.13 (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES) HMI Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Parameter Name Logical Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe. Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS. Mandatory rules BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 BS_PBCCH_BLKS Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 2 External Comment According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks "available" on one PCCCH = (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 849 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.14 (BS_PBCCH_BLKS) - (BS_PBCCH_BLKS) HMI Name BS_PBCCH_BLKS Parameter Name Logical Name BS_PBCCH_BLKS Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe. Coding rules coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH Mandatory rules BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 4 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 850 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.15 (BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN) - (BS_PRACH_BLKS) HMI Name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name BS_PRACH_BLKS Definition Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH. Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 8 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 851 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.16 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)) When a cell is shared, the BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER powers must always be defined against the actual physical power of the main sector. If the actual power of the secondary sector is lower than the actual power of the main sector, the operator has to adjust the values of BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER to avoid requiring too high an output power than is actually available. HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the attenuated maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. It is always set to 0 by the OMC. A finer power attenuation, BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION defined in step of 0.1dB, is managed instead. Coding rules step size = 2dB 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -30 0 0 External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the sector maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 852 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.17 (BVCI) - (PTP_BVCI) HMI Name BVCI Parameter Name Logical Name PTP_BVCI Definition PTP BVCI value. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 2 65535 # External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 853 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.18 (C31_HYST) - (C31_HYST) HMI Name C31_HYST Parameter Name Logical Name C31_HYST Definition Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 854 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.19 (C32_QUAL) - (C32_QUAL) HMI Name C32_QUAL Parameter Name Logical Name C32_QUAL Definition Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode. Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 855 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.20 (Capacity) - (ACCESS_RATE_BC (OMC)) HMI Name Capacity Parameter Name Logical Name ACCESS_RATE_BC (OMC) Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. Coding rules Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC (OMC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem OMC Instance BC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value kbit/s 64 1984 64 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 856 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.21 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS)) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 126 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 857 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.22 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS)) HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 126 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 858 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.23 (CI) - (CI (MFS)) HMI Name CI Parameter Name Logical Name CI (MFS) Definition Cell Identity. Coding rules Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 859 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.24 (CI) - (CI(n) (MFS)) HMI Name CI Parameter Name Logical Name CI(n) (MFS) Definition Cell Identity of adjacent cell. Coding rules Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Equal to CI(n)(BSC). Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 860 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.25 (Commited Burst Size) - (CBS) HMI Name Commited Burst Size Parameter Name Logical Name CBS Definition Commited Burst Size. Coding rules Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value kbyte 0 248 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 861 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.26 (Committed Information Rate) - (CIR) HMI Name Committed Information Rate Parameter Name Logical Name CIR Definition Committed Information Rate. Coding rules Mandatory rules CIR=0 when "direct access" is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value kbit/s 0 1984 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 862 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.27 (CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT) - (CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT) HMI Name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT Parameter Name Logical Name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT Definition "Forgetting time" in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in the average of channel quality measurements. Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.02 5 2 External Comment Parameter change: any modification impacts the telecom PS service. The on-going PS traffic of the BSS is broken and no new traffic is accepted until the related GP/GPU(s) restarted. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 863 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.28 (CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST) - (CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST) HMI Name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST Parameter Name Logical Name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST Definition "Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in the average of channel quality measurements. Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.02 5 0.32 External Comment Parameter change: any modification impacts the telecom PS service. The on-going PS traffic of the BSS is broken and no new traffic is accepted until the related GP/GPU(s) restarted. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 864 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.29 (CS_BLER_DL_3_4) - (CS_BLER_DL_3_4) HMI Name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 Parameter Name Logical Name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 Definition CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 865 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.30 (CS_BLER_DL_4_3) - (CS_BLER_DL_4_3) HMI Name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 Parameter Name Logical Name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 Definition CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 866 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.31 (CS_HST_DL_LT) - (CS_HST_DL_LT) HMI Name CS_HST_DL_LT Parameter Name Logical Name CS_HST_DL_LT Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 6 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 867 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.32 (CS_HST_DL_ST) - (CS_HST_DL_ST) HMI Name CS_HST_DL_ST Parameter Name Logical Name CS_HST_DL_ST Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 6 1.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 868 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.33 (CS_HST_UL_LT) - (CS_HST_UL_LT) HMI Name CS_HST_UL_LT Parameter Name Logical Name CS_HST_UL_LT Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 6 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 869 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.34 (CS_HST_UL_ST) - (CS_HST_UL_ST) HMI Name CS_HST_UL_ST Parameter Name Logical Name CS_HST_UL_ST Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 6 1.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 870 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.35 (CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD) - (CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD) HMI Name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD Definition Maximum transfer inactivity time to reuse the previous (Modulation and) Coding Scheme. This applies in case of transfer resumption during inactive TBF phase (delayed downlink TBF mode / extended uplink TBF mode) and in case of uplink TBF establishment on PACCH while extended uplink TBF mode is not used (with some additional restrictions). Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 0 5000 680 External Comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 871 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.36 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 872 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.37 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 873 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.38 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 874 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.39 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 875 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.40 (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 876 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.41 (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 877 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.42 (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 878 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.43 (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 879 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.44 (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 880 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.45 (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 881 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.46 (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 882 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.47 (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 883 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.48 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 884 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.49 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 885 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.50 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 886 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.51 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 887 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.52 (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 888 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.53 (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 889 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.54 (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 890 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.55 (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 891 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.56 (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 892 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.57 (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 893 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.58 (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 894 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.59 (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK) HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 895 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.60 (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK) - (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK) HMI Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 14 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 896 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.61 (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK) - (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK) HMI Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 897 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.62 (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK) - (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK) HMI Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 13 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 898 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.63 (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK) - (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK) HMI Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 899 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.64 (CS_SIR_HST_DL) - (CS_SIR_HST_DL) HMI Name CS_SIR_HST_DL Parameter Name Logical Name CS_SIR_HST_DL Definition Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction. Coding rules step size = 0.1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 900 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.65 (Data Link Connection Identifier) - (DLCI) HMI Name Data Link Connection Identifier Parameter Name Logical Name DLCI Definition Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 16 991 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 901 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.66 (DRX_TIMER_MAX) - (DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)) HMI Name DRX_TIMER_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, ..., 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 4 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 902 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.67 (DRX_TIMER_MAX) - (DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)) HMI Name DRX_TIMER_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, ..., 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 4 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 903 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.68 (EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION) - (EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC)) HMI Name EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) Definition Enables/disables the CS paging coordination managed in the BSS for MS in Packet Transfer Mode. Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules - EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) = EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) - can be enabled only if (network_operation_mode <> NMO I) and (round_trip_delay < 500 msec for all the cells of the BSS) Recommended rules - if EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION is set to enabled, it is highly recommended to set EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE to enabled. - if EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). - if a BSC is connected to a MFS but GPRS is disabled (EN_GPRS = false) for any cells of the BSS, it is recommended to set EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to disabled for that BSS. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment The support of paging coordination in the BSS is not compatible with the "GPRS through satellite connection on Abis or Ater interface" feature. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 904 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.69 (EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION) - (EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS)) HMI Name EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) Definition Enables/disables the CS paging coordination managed in the BSS for MS in Packet Transfer Mode. Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules - EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) = EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) - can be enabled only if (network_operation_mode <> NMO I) and (round_trip_delay < 500 msec for all the cells of the BSS) Recommended rules - if EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION is set to enabled, it is highly recommended to set EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE to enabled. - if EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). - if a BSC is connected to a MFS but GPRS is disabled (EN_GPRS = false) for any cells of the BSS, it is recommended to set EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to disabled for that BSS. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment The support of paging coordination in the BSS is not compatible with the "GPRS through satellite connection on Abis or Ater interface" feature. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 905 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.70 (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK) - (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK) HMI Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK Parameter Name Logical Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode. Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to set EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to "TRUE" in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 906 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.71 (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK) - (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK) HMI Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK Parameter Name Logical Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 907 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.72 (EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING) - (EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING) HMI Name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING Parameter Name Logical Name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING Definition This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part. This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell change. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 908 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.73 (EN_EGPRS) - (EN_EGPRS) HMI Name EN_EGPRS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_EGPRS Definition Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell. Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Mandatory rules EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0. Recommended rules If EN_EGPRS is set to enable, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to 0. In case of extended cell, Alcatel recommend to set the same value in both, inner and outer, cells. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX and by the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 909 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.74 (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) - (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) HMI Name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF Parameter Name Logical Name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF Definition Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink (without or with allowing the MS not to answer to a USF received while in Extended UL TBF mode). Coding rules 0: Extended UL TBF mode (EUTM) is not used 1: EUTM is used 2: I-EUTM is used (improved EUTM mode) Mandatory rules Recommended rules -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) - if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled and if RA capability update is supported by SGSN, then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must be enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment I-EUTM (improved EUTM) allow MS in EUTM mode to not answer to a USF. In I-EUTM mode, N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT and IEUTM_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD parameters can be used to tune the radio link monitoring. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 910 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.75 (EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS) - (EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS) HMI Name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS Definition This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH is available for (E)GPRS traffic in the cell (fast initial PS access feature). In an Evolium BTS, that corresponds to a PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS traffic, that PDCH being located on an established TRX (i.e. the TRX owns an M-EGCH link) Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules - MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; - MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. - If GPRS traffic is carried between BTS and MFS through satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the corresponding BTS, then EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS must be equal to enabled. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Better performances for service access time will be obtained when this parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always be established in the cell. A compromise has to be made by the operator between performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrial resources. This compromise becomes of higher importance in case of a cell connected through a satellite link due to the higher GPRS access time with satellite links, but also the higher cost of transmission links. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 911 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.76 (EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED) - (EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED) HMI Name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED Parameter Name Logical Name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED Definition Flag to disable/enable the normal fast scheduling mode for the uplink TBFs in extended mode Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 912 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.77 (EN_FULL_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED) - (EN_FULL_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED) HMI Name EN_FULL_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED Parameter Name Logical Name EN_FULL_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED Definition Flag to enable/disable the full fast scheduling mode for uplink TBFs in EUTM. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment - The full fast USF scheduling can be enabled /disabled independently on the normal fast USF scheduling (EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED parameter) - The parameter is relevant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 913 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.78 (EN_FULL_IR_DL) - (EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell) HMI Name EN_FULL_IR_DL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell Definition Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the downlink TBF in the cell. Coding rules 0: Disable the "full" IR, so : Incremental Redundancy with resegmentation allowed in DL, 1: Enable the "full" IR, so, Incremental Redundancy without resegmentation in DL Mandatory rules Recommended rules To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to set this parameter to 0 i.e. to not forbid the resegmentation. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 914 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.79 (EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33) - (EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33) HMI Name EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 Definition Enables the support of (E)GPRS multislot class 30-33. Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Support of DTM (E)GPRS multislot classes 31 to 33 is possible only if EN_DTM = 1 and EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 = 1. Support of configurations requiring EDA is possible only if EN_EDA = 1 (and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION = 1 in case of DTM). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 915 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.80 (EN_NACC) - (EN_NACC) HMI Name EN_NACC Parameter Name Logical Name EN_NACC Definition Enables the Network Assisted Cell Change feature. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enabled Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_NACC = 0 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 916 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.81 (EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR) - (EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR) HMI Name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR Parameter Name Logical Name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell. Coding rules 0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered 1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 917 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.82 (EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)) - (EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)) HMI Name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) Parameter Name Logical Name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell. Coding rules 0: Disable Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered 1: Enable Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 918 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.83 (EN_PFC_FEATURE) - (EN_PFC_FEATURE) HMI Name EN_PFC_FEATURE Parameter Name Logical Name EN_PFC_FEATURE Definition Enables/disables the support of the PFC negotiation feature. Coding rules 1 => PFC feature is supported, 0 => PFC feature is not supported Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 919 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.84 (EN_PSI_STATUS) - (EN_PSI_STATUS) HMI Name EN_PSI_STATUS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_PSI_STATUS Definition Enables the Packet SI Status feature in cells w/o PBCCH or the Packet PSI Status feature in cells with a PBCCH. Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enabled Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_PSI_STATUS = 0 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 920 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.85 (EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE) - (EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE) HMI Name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE Definition Flag to enable/disable the Radio Acces Capability update on Gb Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update is supported by SGSN and if it exists, at least, one cell where EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled. If EN_STREAMING is set to 1 then EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort flow by the BSS. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 921 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.86 (EN_RIM_NACC) - (EN_RIM_NACC) HMI Name EN_RIM_NACC Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RIM_NACC Definition Flag to disable/enable the Inter-BSS and Inter-RAT NACC features (inter-RAT = inter-3G or inter-LTE). It covers both controlling and serving aspects : for controlling MFS, this is the ability to request and receive System Information messages from the Gb interface and to broadcast them to MS through the PACCH. For serving MFS, this is the ability to provide System Information messages when requested by another BSS/RNC. Coding rules 0: Inter-BSS and Inter-RAT NACC are disabled 1: Inter-BSS NACC only is enabled 2 Inter-3G NACC only is enabled 3 Inter-BSS and Inter-3G NACC are enabled 4 Inter-LTE NACC only is enabled 5 Inter-BSS and Inter-LTE NACC are enabled 6 Inter-3G and Inter-LTE NACC are enabled 7 Inter-BSS and Inter-RAT NACC are enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment - For a BSS working as a controlling BSS, the Inter-BSS NACC feature can be effective for a serving cell, if EN_NACC feature is enabled in that cell. For a BSS working as a serving BSS, there is no interaction with the EN_NACC feature. - Parameter change: When enabling (setting from 0 to <>0), a reset of all the BVC SIG is automatically performed (leading the MFS to stop and restart PS traffic in the BSS). In case of disabling (setting from <>0 to 0), the reset is automatically done only on the NSEs of the BSS, connected to a SGSN supporting the RIM feature (leading the MFS to stop and restart PS traffic on these SGSN(s)). In any other case of modification, there is no impact on the PS traffic; on going TBFs are not disrupted. 922 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 923 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.87 (EN_STREAMING) - (EN_STREAMING) HMI Name EN_STREAMING Parameter Name Logical Name EN_STREAMING Definition Enables/disables the support of the STREAMING flows. Coding rules 1 => the cell supports the streaming flows in addition to the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful 0 => the cell supports the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful Mandatory rules - If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_STREAMING = 0 Recommended rules 1) If this parameter is set to 1 then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort flow by the BSS. 2) the parameter EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK must also set to "TRUE" in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface. Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 924 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.88 (Excess Burst Size) - (EBS) HMI Name Excess Burst Size Parameter Name Logical Name EBS Definition Excess Burst Size. Coding rules Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Recommended rules EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0 Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value kbyte 0 248 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 925 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.89 (GAMMA_TNx) - (GAMMA_TNx) HMI Name GAMMA_TNx Parameter Name Logical Name GAMMA_TNx Definition Binary representation of the "gamma ch" for MS output power control. Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 62 30 External Comment In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 926 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.90 (Gb_Transport_Mode) - (Gb_Transport_Mode) HMI Name Gb_Transport_Mode Parameter Name Logical Name Gb_Transport_Mode Definition Mode of the transport for Gb interface: FR or IP. Coding rules 0: FR mode 1: IP mode Mandatory rules - EN_GB_FLEX is enabled only if Gb_Transport_Mode is IP. - If Gb_Transport_Mode is FR then EN_GB_FLEX must be disabled. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE. When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance). - Parameter change: before to set to transport mode to FR, the operator has to delete all the excessive NSEs (no more than one NSE per GPU, ie no more than one SGSN connected to the BSS). Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GP/GPUs connected to this BSS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 927 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.91 (Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE) - (Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE) HMI Name Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE Parameter Name Logical Name Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE Definition Mode of the transport for Gb interface (per NSE): FR or IP. Coding rules 0: FR mode 1: IP mode Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance NSE Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE. When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance). - Parameter change: Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously the associated GP/GPU. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 928 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.92 (GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter) - (GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage) HMI Name GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter Parameter Name Logical Name GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage Definition Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is "high". Coding rules step size = 0.01 Mandatory rules Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 1 0.75 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is "high" (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold parameter). This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 929 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.93 (GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) - (GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) HMI Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Definition Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA. Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 14 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 930 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.94 (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) HMI Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 931 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.95 (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)) HMI Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 932 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.96 (GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE) - (GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE) HMI Name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE Definition Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS (E)GPRS multislot class is unknown. The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment. Coding rules Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B are allowed: 1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS); 2: GPRS multislot class 2 (2+1 MS); 4: GPRS multislot class 4 (3+1 MS); 8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS); 30: GPRS multislot class 30 (5+1 MS). Mandatory rules Recommended rules The recommendations to set this parameter are the following: 1) In case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there is a great proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE shall be set to 1 (optimization of the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU). 2) In case the PS traffic is mainly data (high proportion of UL TBF establishment requests for data traffic), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE should be set to the most common multislot class which can be found among the mobile stations within the BSS (in order to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU, triggered with the establishment of the concurrent DL TBF). In case of multislot class 30, this additionally requires that the multislot class 30-33 feature is widely activated in the BSS. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 30 8 External Comment The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. RACH one phase access on CCCH) . Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken into account. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 933 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 934 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.97 (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME) - (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n)) HMI Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) Definition Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells. Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 10 320 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 935 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.98 (GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET) - (GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n)) HMI Name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) Definition Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells. Coding rules coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) 00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -52 48 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 936 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.99 (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) HMI Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system. Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 937 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.100 (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)) HMI Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells. Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 938 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.101 (GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET) - (GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)) HMI Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) Definition Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells. Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, ..., 111 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 infinity 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 939 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.102 (HCS_THR) - (GPRS_HCS_THR) HMI Name HCS_THR Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_HCS_THR Definition HCS signal strength. Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -48 -84 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 940 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.103 (HCS_THR) - (GPRS_HCS_THR(n)) HMI Name HCS_THR Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_HCS_THR(n) Definition HCS signal strength. Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -48 -84 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 941 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.104 (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) - (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) HMI Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to high Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 942 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.105 (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) - (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) HMI Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to high Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 943 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.106 (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) - (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) HMI Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to high Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 9 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 944 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.107 (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) - (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) HMI Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to high Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 945 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.108 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS) HMI Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS Definition Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic between two sending of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 90 External Comment The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be computed as follows: (100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 946 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.109 (IEUTM_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD) - (IEUTM_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD) HMI Name IEUTM_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name IEUTM_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD Definition Maximum duration of UL TBF inactivity before MS is polled in EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled). Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 100 1000 300 External Comment Change of parameter value is taken into account also for on-going UL TBFs Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 947 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.110 (INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_GPRS) - (INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_GPRS) HMI Name INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_GPRS Definition Number of PDCHs on which MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL and MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL are targeted when establishing GCHs for a GPRS TBF associated to a "short data" MS transfer. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 8 2 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied on current TBF and new TBF established after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 948 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.111 (LAC) - (LAC (MFS)) HMI Name LAC Parameter Name Logical Name LAC (MFS) Definition Location Area Code. Coding rules Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (BSC) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 949 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.112 (LAC) - (LAC(n) (MFS)) HMI Name LAC Parameter Name Logical Name LAC(n) (MFS) Definition Location Area Code. Coding rules Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Equal to LAC(n)(BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 65535 External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 950 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.113 (Level 1 down) - (PVC_Level1_down) HMI Name Level 1 down Parameter Name Logical Name PVC_Level1_down Definition This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 40 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 951 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.114 (Level 1 Factor) - (PVC_Level1_Factor) HMI Name Level 1 Factor Parameter Name Logical Name PVC_Level1_Factor Definition This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering. Coding rules step size = 0.01 Mandatory rules Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.05 12.75 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 952 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.115 (Level 1 up) - (PVC_Level1_up) HMI Name Level 1 up Parameter Name Logical Name PVC_Level1_up Definition This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 70 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 953 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.116 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS) HMI Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS Definition Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute the maximum number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 3 30 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 954 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.117 (LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) - (LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) HMI Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to low Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 955 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.118 (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) - (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) HMI Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to low Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 956 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.119 (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) - (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) HMI Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to low Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 9 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 957 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.120 (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) - (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) HMI Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to low Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 958 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.121 (MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH) - (MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH) HMI Name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH Definition Indicative value of the maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 10 8 External Comment When allocating a DL GPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave PDCH. When allocating a DL EGPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave PDCH (regardless of the current number of DL GPRS TBFs). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 959 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.122 (MAX_EGPRS_MCS) - (MAX_EGPRS_MCS) HMI Name MAX_EGPRS_MCS Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_EGPRS_MCS Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS traffic in the cell. Coding rules 0: MCS-1; 1: MCS-2; 2: MCS-3; 3: MCS-4; 4: MCS-5; 5: MCS-6; 6: MCS-7; 7: MCS-8; 8: MCS-9; Mandatory rules MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCS MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCS When cell_type = "extended outer", then MAX_EGPRS_MCS <= MCS-4 Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. It is advised to set MAX_EGPRS_MCS to a value different from MCS-2 to cope with MEGCH control message granularity in an optimal way. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 9 9 External Comment Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing. 960 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 961 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.123 (MAX_GPRS_CS) - (MAX_GPRS_CS) HMI Name MAX_GPRS_CS Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_GPRS_CS Definition Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell. Coding rules 1 : CS-2; 2 : CS-3; 3 : CS-4 Mandatory rules MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed) Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than 12kbps) R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 2 4 2 External Comment - This parameter can be set to CS-3 or CS-4 only if the related feature has been bought and controlled per quantity. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 962 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.124 (MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL) - (MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL) HMI Name MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL Definition Maximum coding scheme used for the DL GPRS TBFs associated to a "short data" MS transfer. Coding rules 1: CS-1 coded as 0 2: CS-2 coded as 1 3: CS-3 coded as 2 4: CS-4 coded as 3 Mandatory rules Recommended rules In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 4 1 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - Setting this parameter to CS-2 might introduce some problems (because a CS-2 block consumes exactly 1.00 GCH and might therefore block some of the MFS-BTS signalling messages to be sent in the M-EGCH link in DL). - If MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL is strictly higher than MAX_GPRS_CS, then MAX_GPRS_CS is used instead. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 963 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.125 (MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL) - (MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL) HMI Name MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL Definition Maximum coding scheme used for the UL GPRS TBFs associated to a "short data" MS transfer. Coding rules 1: CS-1 coded as 0 2: CS-2 coded as 1 3: CS-3 coded as 2 4: CS-4 coded as 3 Mandatory rules Recommended rules In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 4 2 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - If MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL is strictly higher than MAX_GPRS_CS, then MAX_GPRS_CS is used instead. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 964 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.126 (MAX_PAGING_QUEUE) - (MAX_PAGING_QUEUE) HMI Name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE Definition Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 50 1000 500 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 965 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.127 (MAX_PDCH) - (MAX_PDCH (MFS)) Management of Enable_GPRS Flag (Cell Parameter) This flag exists in the BSC and is managed by the OMC-R but it is not visible to the operator. It is derived by the OMC-R from the value of Max_PDCH. When the Enable_GPRS flag is set to true, it means that the BSC can accept MFS requests for a certain cell. In some circumstances, there can be some inconsistencies, but these might not have any impact: Creation of a BSC When the BSS is discovered by the OMC-R, the MFS parameters are set to their default value by the OMC-R. Max_PDCH is set to 0. (There may be inconsistency at system level, but no impact.) Later, if the operator installs GPRS, he has to download the radio configuration to the MFS. Through this operation, the flag Enable_GPRS is recomputed for the cells concerned by the PRC, and therefore downloaded to the BSC. All data is then in line for the cells concerned by the PRC. It can occur that some cells remain with Enable_GPRS set to true and Max_PDCH set to 0 but this does no harm at all (no impact on the traffic, and not visible by the operator). DLS Restore When the Flag is Not In Lline With Max_PDCH Any DLS restore must be followed by the following procedure to line-up the EN_GPRS of the cells handled by this BSC with the Max_PDCH of these cells currently stored in the OMC-R: 1. Copy the SC into the PRC 2. Activate this PRC Until the synchronization is achieved, the cell cannot be set into service for GPRS by the telecom application (there is no impact if the cell is already started for GPRS). HMI Name MAX_PDCH Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_PDCH (MFS) Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell. Coding rules 966 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Mandatory rules Shall be equal to MAX_PDCH (MX BSC) Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; If EN_VGCS= enabled, then "(MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell" If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed) MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE. When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then MAX_PDCH shall be an even number. The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK=0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2 Recommended rules In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC0 in the micro cell). In this case, the following configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 127 0 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 967 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters External Comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 968 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.128 (MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD) - (MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS)) HMI Name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS) Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS traffic is high. Coding rules Mandatory rules Shall be equal to MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MX BSC) - MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH - If EN_DTM = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 127 0 External Comment 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 969 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.129 (MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF) - (MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF) HMI Name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF Definition Maximum number of PDCHs allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 5 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 970 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.130 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (MFS)) HMI Name MAX_RETRANS Parameter Name Logical Name Max_retrans (MFS) Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 7 2 External Comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 971 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.131 (MAX_RETRANS_1) - (MAX_RETRANS_1) HMI Name MAX_RETRANS_1 Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_1 Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1. Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 972 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.132 (MAX_RETRANS_2) - (MAX_RETRANS_2) HMI Name MAX_RETRANS_2 Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_2 Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 2. Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 973 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.133 (MAX_RETRANS_3) - (MAX_RETRANS_3) HMI Name MAX_RETRANS_3 Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_3 Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 3. Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 974 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.134 (MAX_RETRANS_4) - (MAX_RETRANS_4) HMI Name MAX_RETRANS_4 Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_4 Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 4. Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 7 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 975 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.135 (MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH) - (MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH) HMI Name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH Definition Indicative value of maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 6 5 External Comment When allocating an UL GPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave PDCH. When allocating an UL EGPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave PDCH (regardless of the current number of UL GPRS TBFs). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 976 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.136 (MIN_PDCH) - (MIN_PDCH (MFS)) HMI Name MIN_PDCH Parameter Name Logical Name MIN_PDCH (MFS) Definition Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS. Coding rules Mandatory rules - Shall be equal to MIN_PDCH (MX BSC) -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; -MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. -When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then MIN_PDCH shall be an even number Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum number of PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFS-BSC interface. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 127 0 External Comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 977 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.137 (Mobile Country Code (MCC)) - (MCC (MFS)) HMI Name Mobile Country Code (MCC) Parameter Name Logical Name MCC (MFS) Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. Coding rules 3 digits BCD Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 999 External Comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 978 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.138 (Mobile Network Code (MNC)) - (MNC (MFS)) HMI Name Mobile Network Code (MNC) Parameter Name Logical Name MNC (MFS) Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. Coding rules 3 digits BCD Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 999 External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 979 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.139 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS)) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Parameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 980 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.140 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS)) HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH Parameter Name Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS) Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm 5 43 43 External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 981 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.141 (N_AVG_I (BSC)) - (N_AVG_I (BSC)) HMI Name N_AVG_I (BSC) Parameter Name Logical Name N_AVG_I (BSC) Definition N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. Coding rules coded on 4 bits Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 982 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.142 (N_AVG_I (MFS)) - (N_AVG_I (MFS)) HMI Name N_AVG_I (MFS) Parameter Name Logical Name N_AVG_I (MFS) Definition N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI 13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. Coding rules coded on 4 bits Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 983 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.143 (N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS) - (N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS) HMI Name N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS Parameter Name Logical Name N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS Definition Number of bytes below which an MS transfer is considered to be "short data". Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules Recommended rules N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS <= N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 20 10000 150 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - An MS transfer is considered to be "short data" as long as less than N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS bytes have been transferred in both directions (since the TBF establishment(s)). Else, if more than N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS bytes have been transferred in at least one direction, the MS transfer is considered to be "long data". Note: in DL, the bytes of the DL LLC PDUs currently queued for the MS (but not yet sent to the MS) are also counted. Decreasing (respectively increasing) the value of N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS will tend: - to make the Ater resource optimization worse (respectively better) when the Ater usage of the GPU is above Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data, - to reduce (respectively make higher) the PS throughput degradations at the beginning of MS traffics when the Ater usage of the GPU is above Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data, - to make the MFS and BSC CPU loads higher (respectively lower). - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied immediately on current TBF and on new TBF, established after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 984 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.144 (N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT) - (N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT) HMI Name N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT Parameter Name Logical Name N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT Definition Maximum number of consecutive polling requests that can be sent to a MS in EUTM state (when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled)) without receiving a polling response in a PCA. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules The value of the parameter should be set to a value high enough to avoid any spurious abnormal UL TBF releases. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 5 20 10 External Comment A change of parameter value is taken into account also for on-going UL TBFs. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 985 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.145 (N_RIM_RETRIES) - (N_RIM_RETRIES) HMI Name N_RIM_RETRIES Parameter Name Logical Name N_RIM_RETRIES Definition Number of times a RAN procedure is retried (after first attempt) before giving up (in case of no answer is received) Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 986 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.146 (N3101_LIMIT) - (N3101_LIMIT) HMI Name N3101_LIMIT Parameter Name Logical Name N3101_LIMIT Definition In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network receives no valid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS on its allocated PDCH. To note that the counter N3101 can be incremented more than one time per block period. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 10 64 64 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 987 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.147 (N3103_LIMIT) - (N3103_LIMIT) HMI Name N3103_LIMIT Parameter Name Logical Name N3103_LIMIT Definition In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Acknowledgement from the MS in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the end of the TBF. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status. Consequently the following rule has to be followed: (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack RTD: Round Trip Delay 60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment 60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1 N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1 Example: With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1 Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 16 1 External Comment 988 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 989 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.148 (N3105_LIMIT) - (N3105_LIMIT) HMI Name N3105_LIMIT Parameter Name Logical Name N3105_LIMIT Definition For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 64 20 External Comment If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 990 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.149 (N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE) - (N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE) HMI Name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE Parameter Name Logical Name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE Definition For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 64 24 External Comment If N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 991 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.150 (NB_TS_MPDCH) - (NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC)) HMI Name NB_TS_MPDCH Parameter Name Logical Name NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules 0) NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. 2) if the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 992 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters External Comment - Only the value 0 is supported - The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 993 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.151 (NB_TS_MPDCH) - (NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS)) HMI Name NB_TS_MPDCH Parameter Name Logical Name NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules 0) NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. 2) if the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 994 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters External Comment - Only the value 0 is supported - The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 995 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.152 (NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR) - (NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR) HMI Name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR Parameter Name Logical Name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection of a better neighbour cell. Coding rules 0: "-110 dBm (Never)", 1:" -109 dBm", ...,63: "-47 dBm (Always)" (step size = 1 dB) Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to -110 dBm (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -47 External Comment 1) The specific value of "-110 dBm (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselections Cause PT2. 2) The specific value of "-47 dBm (Always)" systematically allows the triggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 996 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.153 (NC_DL_RXLEV_THR) - (NC_DL_RXLEV_THR) HMI Name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR Parameter Name Logical Name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV in the downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Coding rules 0: "-110 dBm (Never)", 1:" -109 dBm", ...,63: "-47 dBm" (step size = 1 dB) Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to activate NC cell reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -96 External Comment The specific value of "-110 dBm (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT1. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 997 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.154 (NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR) - (NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR) HMI Name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR Parameter Name Logical Name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: "0", "0.1", "0.2", ..., "6.9", "7 (Never)". Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 7 External Comment The specific value of "7 (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT3. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 998 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.155 (NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET) - (NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET) HMI Name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET Parameter Name Logical Name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET Definition NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour cells during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET. Coding rules step size = 1 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 63 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 999 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.156 (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T) - (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T) HMI Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T Parameter Name Logical Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.48 61.44 0.96 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1000 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.157 (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)) - (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)) HMI Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) Parameter Name Logical Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.48 61.44 0.96 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1001 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.158 (NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) - (NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n)) HMI Name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Parameter Name Logical Name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) Definition NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes. Coding rules 0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, ..., 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never) (step size = 1 dB) Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -127 128 128 External Comment 1) The specific value of "128 dB (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. 2) The specific value of "-127 dB" (Always)" systematically triggers the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1002 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.159 (NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR) - (NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR) HMI Name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR Parameter Name Logical Name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet Measurement Report messages. Coding rules step size = 0.001 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0.13 External Comment This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1003 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.160 (NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD) - (NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD) HMI Name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD Definition Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the averaging filter. Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 20 10000 4000 External Comment This parameter applies to the serving cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1004 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.161 (NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR) - (NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR) HMI Name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR Parameter Name Logical Name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in uplink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: "0", "0.1", "0.2", ..., "6.9", "7 (Never)" Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 7 External Comment The specific value of "7 (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT4. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1005 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.162 (NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE) - (NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE) HMI Name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE Parameter Name Logical Name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE Definition NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Order message with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer. Coding rules 0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode at the end of the packet transfer. 1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode. Mandatory rules Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Disable), the presence of the PBCCH is not mandatory. However, the following recommendations apply, depending on the presence of the PBCCH: - If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be set to any value (at the end of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the C32 parameters ensures that GPRS mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered. - If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parameters are not correctly set, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE should be set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to prevent the GPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRS redirections are triggered systematically (at least while the MS is in packet idle mode and the GMM Ready timer is running). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1006 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.163 (NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER) - (NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER) HMI Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER Parameter Name Logical Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections and no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. Mandatory rules - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator. - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode of operation for all MS Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1007 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters External Comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS", then the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). If EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = "Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1", then the 3G search is activated even when activating the NC2 mode (the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message will not be sent). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1008 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.164 (NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER) - (NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n)) HMI Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER Parameter Name Logical Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. Mandatory rules - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator. - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode of operation for all MS Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1009 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters External Comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1010 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.165 (Network_mode_of_operation) - (network_operation_mode (BSC)) HMI Name Network_mode_of_operation Parameter Name Logical Name network_operation_mode (BSC) Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III. Mandatory rules If the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS). Recommended rules If EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 2 External Comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1011 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.166 (Network_mode_of_operation) - (network_operation_mode (MFS)) HMI Name Network_mode_of_operation Parameter Name Logical Name network_operation_mode (MFS) Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III Mandatory rules If the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC). Recommended rules If EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 3 2 External Comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1012 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.167 (Normal Information Rate) - (NIR) HMI Name Normal Information Rate Parameter Name Logical Name NIR Definition Normal Information Rate. Coding rules Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value kbit/s 0 1984 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1013 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.168 (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) - (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) HMI Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to normal Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1014 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.169 (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) - (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) HMI Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to normal Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1015 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.170 (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) - (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) HMI Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to normal Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 9 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1016 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.171 (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) - (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) HMI Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to normal Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1017 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.172 (NS Priority) - (NS_Priority) HMI Name NS Priority Parameter Name Logical Name NS_Priority Definition Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing (used for Gb over Frame Relay interface). Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance NSVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 255 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1018 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.173 (NSEI) - (NSEI) HMI Name NSEI Parameter Name Logical Name NSEI Definition NSE Identifier. Coding rules Mandatory rules The NSEI shall be unique per MFS. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance NSE Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1019 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.174 (NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT) - (N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT) HMI Name NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT Parameter Name Logical Name N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT Definition This parameter defines the maximum number of consecutive Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK messages reporting the failure of progress of the RLC window during the active phase of a downlink TBF, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 256 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1020 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.175 (NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT) - (N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT) HMI Name NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT Parameter Name Logical Name N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT Definition NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC window progress. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional to the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 256 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1021 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.176 (NSVC Identifier) - (NSVCI) HMI Name NSVC Identifier Parameter Name Logical Name NSVCI Definition NSVC identifier (used for Gb over Frame Relay interface). Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance NSVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 65535 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1022 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.177 (PAN_DEC) - (PAN_DEC (BSC)) HMI Name PAN_DEC Parameter Name Logical Name PAN_DEC (BSC) Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1023 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.178 (PAN_DEC) - (PAN_DEC (MFS)) HMI Name PAN_DEC Parameter Name Logical Name PAN_DEC (MFS) Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1024 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.179 (PAN_INC) - (PAN_INC (BSC)) HMI Name PAN_INC Parameter Name Logical Name PAN_INC (BSC) Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1025 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.180 (PAN_INC) - (PAN_INC (MFS)) HMI Name PAN_INC Parameter Name Logical Name PAN_INC (MFS) Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1026 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.181 (PAN_MAX) - (PAN_MAX (BSC)) HMI Name PAN_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name PAN_MAX (BSC) Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12...., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, ..., 111 Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 32 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1027 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.182 (PAN_MAX) - (PAN_MAX (MFS)) HMI Name PAN_MAX Parameter Name Logical Name PAN_MAX (MFS) Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 32 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1028 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.183 (PC_MEAS_CHAN) - (PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC)) HMI Name PC_MEAS_CHAN Parameter Name Logical Name PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS). Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1029 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.184 (PC_MEAS_CHAN) - (PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS)) HMI Name PC_MEAS_CHAN Parameter Name Logical Name PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC). Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1030 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.185 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1031 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.186 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1032 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.187 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 1.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1033 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.188 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1034 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.189 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 2.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1035 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.190 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1036 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.191 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 3.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1037 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.192 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1038 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.193 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9) - (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9) HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 4.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1039 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.194 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 Definition Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for DL TBF duration distribution. Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1040 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.195 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1041 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.196 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1042 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.197 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1043 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.198 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1044 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.199 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for DL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1045 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.200 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1046 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.201 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for DL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1047 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.202 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9) - (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1048 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.203 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 500 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1049 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.204 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 1000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1050 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.205 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 2000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1051 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.206 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 3000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1052 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.207 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 5000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1053 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.208 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 10000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1054 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.209 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 20000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1055 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.210 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 50000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1056 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.211 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9) HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 100000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1057 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.212 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1058 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.213 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1059 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.214 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 1.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1060 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.215 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1061 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.216 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 2.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1062 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.217 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1063 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.218 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 3.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1064 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.219 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1065 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.220 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9) - (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9) HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0.1 4.9 4.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1066 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.221 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 Definition Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for UL TBF duration distribution. Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1067 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.222 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1068 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.223 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1069 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.224 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1070 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.225 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1071 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.226 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for UL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1072 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.227 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1073 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.228 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for UL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 50 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1074 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.229 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9) - (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL TBF duration distribution Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 16383.5 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1075 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.230 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 500 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1076 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.231 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 1000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1077 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.232 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 2000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1078 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.233 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 3000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1079 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.234 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 5000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1080 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.235 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 10000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1081 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.236 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 20000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1082 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.237 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 50000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1083 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.238 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9) HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Parameter Name Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Coding rules step size = 1 byte Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value byte 1 99999999 100000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1084 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.239 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1) HMI Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 Parameter Name Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1. Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1085 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.240 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2) HMI Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 Parameter Name Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 2. Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1086 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.241 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3) HMI Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 Parameter Name Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 3. Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1087 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.242 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4) HMI Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 Parameter Name Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 4. Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1088 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.243 (PFC_T6) - (PFC_T6) HMI Name PFC_T6 Parameter Name Logical Name PFC_T6 Definition Timer guarding the Download-BSS-PFC procedure Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 10 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1089 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.244 (PFC_T8) - (PFC_T8) HMI Name PFC_T8 Parameter Name Logical Name PFC_T8 Definition Timer guarding the Modify-BSS-PFC procedure Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 10 0.5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1090 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.245 (PRACH_BUSY_THRES) - (PRACH_BUSY_THRES) HMI Name PRACH_BUSY_THRES Parameter Name Logical Name PRACH_BUSY_THRES Definition Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy. Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: 0: -110 dBm 1: -106 dBm 2: -102 dBm 3: -98 dBm 4: -94 dBm 5: -90 dBm 6: -86 dBm 7: -82 dBm 8: -78 dBm 9: -74 dBm 10: -70 dBm 11: -66 dBm 12: -62 dBm 13: -58 dBm 14: -54 dBm 15: -50 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -50 -106 External Comment Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1091 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.246 (PRIORITY_CLASS) - (GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS) HMI Name PRIORITY_CLASS Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS Definition HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0. Coding rules Coded on 3 bits. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1092 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.247 (PRIORITY_CLASS) - (GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n)) HMI Name PRIORITY_CLASS Parameter Name Logical Name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) Definition HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1093 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.248 (PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX) - (PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX) HMI Name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX Parameter Name Logical Name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX Definition Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the BCCH TRX Coding rules 0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a non-BCCH TRX. 1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX). 2 : PS requests served on BCCH TRX with lowest priority. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the lowest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX). Mandatory rules Recommended rules If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, Alcatel recommend to set this parameter to 0 in order to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power (see external comment). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting this parameter to 0 does not reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS capable TRXs will hop on the BCCH carrier. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 1094 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters External Comment When set to 1 or 2, this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRX supports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX). If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GMSK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if timeslot number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1095 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.249 (QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN) - (QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN) HMI Name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN Parameter Name Logical Name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN Definition Additional capacity (in terms of radio bandwidth and in terms of transmission resources) which is reserved for a streaming TBF (RT PFC) to correctly fulfil its AGBR contract and to possibly convey other multiplexed NRT PFC(s) of the same TBF. The part of this margin that is not used by the streaming TBF may be used by other TBF(s). Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules Recommended rules Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (the GBR of some RT PFCs may turn out to be impossible to guarantee in this case). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 20 External Comment In case of IP transport in the BSS, UDP/IP headers are taken into account in the bandwidth computation Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1096 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.250 (R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) - (R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) HMI Name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Parameter Name Logical Name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Definition Average bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell Coding rules Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bit/s 0 59200 30000 External Comment This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to MCS-6. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1097 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.251 (R_AVERAGE_GPRS) - (R_AVERAGE_GPRS) HMI Name R_AVERAGE_GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name R_AVERAGE_GPRS Definition Average bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell Coding rules Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than 12kbps). Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bit/s 0 20000 12000 External Comment This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to CS-2. The max value corresponds to CS-4. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1098 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.252 (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) - (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) HMI Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Parameter Name Logical Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS Definition This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 14 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1099 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.253 (RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER) - (RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS)) HMI Name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER Parameter Name Logical Name RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. Coding rules 64: no filtering Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells. Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bper 0 64 64 External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1100 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.254 (RMIN_EGPRS) - (RMIN_EGPRS) HMI Name RMIN_EGPRS Parameter Name Logical Name RMIN_EGPRS Definition Minimal bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less %, depending on tolerable risk) Coding rules Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition must be respected: RMIN_EGPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS, TBF_DL_INIT_MCS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bit/s 0 59200 20800 External Comment This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to a bitrate between MCS-4 and MCS-5. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1101 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.255 (RMIN_GPRS) - (RMIN_GPRS) HMI Name RMIN_GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name RMIN_GPRS Definition Minimal bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less, depending on tolerable risk) Coding rules Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition must be respected: RMIN_GPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_CS, TBF_DL_INIT_CS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value bit/s 0 20000 8000 External Comment This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Non Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to CS-1. The max value corresponds to CS-4. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1102 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.256 (Round trip delay MFS-MS) - (round_trip_delay) HMI Name Round trip delay MFS-MS Parameter Name Logical Name round_trip_delay Definition Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS, in TDM and IP mode. Coding rules step size=10 ms Mandatory rules - T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec - If GPRS traffic is carried between BTS and MFS through satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the corresponding BT, then EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS must be equal to enabled Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 80 940 160 External Comment The round-trip delay is used by the RRM layers. The OMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows: - If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through one satellite link: either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in case Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM); or through a satellite link between BTS and MFS in case Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP). When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay parameter to [Delay due to satellite (540 ms) + Delay due to MFS-MS link (160 ms)] = 700 ms. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1103 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.257 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE (BSC)) HMI Name Routing Area Code for GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name RA_CODE (BSC) Definition Routing Area Code for GPRS. Coding rules The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been set by the operator. Mandatory rules - Equal to RA_CODE (MFS) - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same RA_CODE when they are PS capable Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None -1 255 0 External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1104 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.258 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE (MFS)) HMI Name Routing Area Code for GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name RA_CODE (MFS) Definition Routing Area Code. Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60) other values: external or unknown cell Mandatory rules - Equal to RA_CODE (BSC) - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same RA_CODE when they are PS capable Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None -1 255 0 External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1105 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.259 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE(n)) HMI Name Routing Area Code for GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name RA_CODE(n) Definition Routing Area Code of neighbour cells. Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60); other values: external or unknown cell. The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0. Mandatory rules Recommended rules If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) the RAC and LAC of the target cell are equal to the RAC and LAC of the serving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH established in the serving cell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined between the serving cell and the target cell, then it is recommended to set the RA_CODE to -1. Otherwise, the MFS considers that the serving cell and the target cell belong to the same routing area when setting the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/3bis messages. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None -1 255 0 External Comment The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell is different from the routing area of the target cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1106 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.260 (Routing Area Colour for GPRS) - (RA_COLOUR) HMI Name Routing Area Colour for GPRS Parameter Name Logical Name RA_COLOUR Definition Routing Area Colour for GPRS. Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1107 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.261 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS)) HMI Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1108 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.262 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS)) HMI Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN Parameter Name Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance adj Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -110 -47 -100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1109 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.263 (S) - (S) HMI Name S Parameter Name Logical Name S Definition Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Coding rules Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001 Mandatory rules Recommended rules When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms. The number of slots belonging to the MSs PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 12 217 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1110 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.264 (SGSNR) - (SGSNR) HMI Name SGSNR Parameter Name Logical Name SGSNR Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN software. Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release 98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release 99 onwards Mandatory rules EN_GB_FLEX is enabled only if SGSNR = 1. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1111 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.265 (SMS_PRIORITY) - (SMS_PRIORITY) HMI Name SMS_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name SMS_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined "SMS" PFC. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1112 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.266 (T stop frame relay emission) - (T_STOP_FR_EMISSION) HMI Name T stop frame relay emission Parameter Name Logical Name T_STOP_FR_EMISSION Definition Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay). Coding rules step size = 1 ms Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance PVC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 10 5000 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1113 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.267 (T_AVG_T) - (T_AVG_T (BSC)) HMI Name T_AVG_T Parameter Name Logical Name T_AVG_T (BSC) Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 25 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1114 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.268 (T_AVG_T) - (T_AVG_T (MFS)) HMI Name T_AVG_T Parameter Name Logical Name T_AVG_T (MFS) Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 25 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1115 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.269 (T_AVG_W) - (T_AVG_W (BSC)) HMI Name T_AVG_W Parameter Name Logical Name T_AVG_W (BSC) Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 25 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1116 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.270 (T_AVG_W) - (T_AVG_W (MFS)) HMI Name T_AVG_W Parameter Name Logical Name T_AVG_W (MFS) Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 25 20 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1117 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.271 (T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN) - (T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN) HMI Name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN Parameter Name Logical Name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN Definition This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF. Coding rules step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 0 2000 400 External Comment - The feature "delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack" can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS. - If GPRS traffic between one BTS and the MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the concerned BTS, and if T_delayed_Final_PUAN < 540ms then the MS will wait for a delay equal to Max (540ms, T_delayed_Final_PUAN). This is due to the delayed PMU-PTU interworking when in IP mode (PMU at MFS side, PTU at BTS side). Note: 540ms is the RTD with a satellite link. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1118 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.272 (T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport) - (T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport) HMI Name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport Parameter Name Logical Name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport Definition Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 60 3000 400 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1119 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.273 (T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL) - (T_flow_ctrl_cell) HMI Name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL Parameter Name Logical Name T_flow_ctrl_cell Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN. Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 10 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1120 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.274 (T_FLOW_CTRL_MS) - (T_flow_ctrl_ms) HMI Name T_FLOW_CTRL_MS Parameter Name Logical Name T_flow_ctrl_ms Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS and EGPRS Mobile Stations. Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 250 10 External Comment 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to "0", then the MS flow control mechanism is inhibited; 2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1121 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.275 (T_GCH_CORR) - (Tcorr) HMI Name T_GCH_CORR Parameter Name Logical Name Tcorr Definition Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel. Coding rules step size=100ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240ms where 240 ms represents the maximum delay in MAC layer between the notification for a DBN correction and the application of this DBN correction. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Tcorr = 0.8 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Tcorr = 1.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.5 2 0.8 External Comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1122 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.276 (T_GCH_ESTAB) - (Testab) HMI Name T_GCH_ESTAB Parameter Name Logical Name Testab Definition Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels. Coding rules step size= 100 ms Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Testab Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Testab = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 2 0.4 External Comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1123 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.277 (T_GCH_INACTIVITY) - (T_GCH_INACTIVITY) HMI Name T_GCH_INACTIVITY Parameter Name Logical Name T_GCH_INACTIVITY Definition Timer to postpone the release of the "unused" GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX (the condition for some GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX to become "unused" is that some TBFs established on that TRX were released). Coding rules step size = 1sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 100 3 External Comment The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1124 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.278 (T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST) - (T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST) HMI Name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST Parameter Name Logical Name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST Definition Timer to postpone the release of the last N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS GCHs established in a cell, when the last TBF has been released in the cell. There is no more (E)GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping some GCHs established will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell (e.g. WAP, WEB). Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 200 20 External Comment That timer is relevant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is disabled. The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links. This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged in a Web browsing session. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1125 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.279 (T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL) - (T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL) HMI Name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL Parameter Name Logical Name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL Definition Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - between 1 sec and 2 sec if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - between 1.5 sec and 2.5 sec if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links. If Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the concerned BTS, the operator shall ensure that T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay_bts_ms < 5 sec. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 100 4000 2000 External Comment If GPRS traffic between BTS and MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the corresponding BTS, the duration of the extended UL phase in the MS is equal to this timer + 540ms. This is due to the delayed PMU-PTU interworking when in IP mode (PMU at MFS side, PTU at BTS side). Note: 540ms is the RTD with a satellite link. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1126 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.280 (T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING) - (T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING) HMI Name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING Parameter Name Logical Name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING Definition Time which multiplied by the GBR defines a buffer level above which we may consider the BSS failed to provide the GBR Coding rules step size = 1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 8 100 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1127 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.281 (T_NC_PING_PONG) - (T_NC_PING_PONG) HMI Name T_NC_PING_PONG Parameter Name Logical Name T_NC_PING_PONG Definition Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied. Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 0 20000 5000 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1128 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.282 (T_NC_REJ_CELL) - (T_NC_REJ_CELL) HMI Name T_NC_REJ_CELL Parameter Name Logical Name T_NC_REJ_CELL Definition Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell reselection failure on that cell. Coding rules step size = 100 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 0 20000 5000 External Comment - Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1129 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.283 (T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME) - (T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME) HMI Name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME Parameter Name Logical Name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME Definition Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen from the MFS. Coding rules step size: 100 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 100 5000 1600 External Comment 1) The response time corresponds to T1 T2 where T2 corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T1 the time at which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download. 2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer TBF releases will be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1130 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.284 (T_PAG_PS) - (T_PAG_PS (BSC)) HMI Name T_PAG_PS Parameter Name Logical Name T_PAG_PS (BSC) Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS) Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1131 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.285 (T_PAG_PS) - (T_PAG_PS (MFS)) HMI Name T_PAG_PS Parameter Name Logical Name T_PAG_PS (MFS) Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC) Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1132 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.286 (T_PSI_PACCH) - (T_PSI_PACCH) HMI Name T_PSI_PACCH Parameter Name Logical Name T_PSI_PACCH Definition Scheduling period of PSI1, PSI13 or PSI14 on PACCH. Coding rules step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, ... 11110 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 30 14 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1133 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.287 (T_RESEL) - (T_RESEL) HMI Name T_RESEL Parameter Name Logical Name T_RESEL Definition Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell. Coding rules coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 5 300 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1134 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.288 (T_RIM_DISABILITY) - (T_RIM_DISABILITY) HMI Name T_RIM_DISABILITY Parameter Name Logical Name T_RIM_DISABILITY Definition Timer supervising the disability of the adjacent target cell. When no RAN information has been received (no answer at the end of the retries or unknown destination), this parameter corresponds to the duration it is not possible to use the RIM NACC procedure for this target cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value mn 1 360 60 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1135 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.289 (T_RIM_MULTIPLE_REPORT) - (T_RIM_MULTIPLE_REPORT) HMI Name T_RIM_MULTIPLE_REPORT Parameter Name Logical Name T_RIM_MULTIPLE_REPORT Definition Timer supervising reception of the following RAN Information with multiple report. It allows to resynchronize the System Information messages with the remote entity in case of restart of the remote entity. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value mn 15 360 60 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1136 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.290 (T_RIM_RI) - (T_RIM_RI) HMI Name T_RIM_RI Parameter Name Logical Name T_RIM_RI Definition Timer supervising reception of RAN Information ACK Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 255 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1137 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.291 (T_RIM_RIR) - (T_RIM_RIR) HMI Name T_RIM_RIR Parameter Name Logical Name T_RIM_RIR Definition Timer supervising reception of RAN Information Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 255 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1138 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.292 (T_ul_assign_PCCCH) - (T_ul_assign_pccch) HMI Name T_ul_assign_PCCCH Parameter Name Logical Name T_ul_assign_pccch Definition The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and one uplink radio block allocated to the MS. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.1 0.7 0.4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1139 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.293 (T3168) - (T3168 (BSC)) HMI Name T3168 Parameter Name Logical Name T3168 (BSC) Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (MFS) Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms) in the serving cell and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM). - T3168 = 2 s if GPRS traffic between the corresponding BTS and the MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for this BTS. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 4 1 External Comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. 1140 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1141 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.294 (T3168) - (T3168 (MFS)) HMI Name T3168 Parameter Name Logical Name T3168 (MFS) Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC) Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM). - T3168 = 2 s if GPRS traffic between the corresponding BTS and the MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for this BTS. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 1 4 1 External Comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. 1142 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1143 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.295 (T3192) - (T3192 (BSC)) HMI Name T3192 Parameter Name Logical Name T3192 (BSC) Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (MFS) T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state. ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance cell 1144 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 200 1500 500 External Comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1145 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.296 (T3192) - (T3192 (MFS)) HMI Name T3192 Parameter Name Logical Name T3192 (MFS) Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (BSC) T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state. ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1). In IP mode, the operator shall ensure that T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay_bts_ms < 5 sec. Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell 1146 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 200 1500 500 External Comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1147 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.297 (T3212) - (T3212 (MFS)) HMI Name T3212 Parameter Name Logical Name T3212 (MFS) Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (BSC) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value 6 mn 0 255 30 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1148 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.298 (TBF_CS_DL) - (TBF_CS_DL) HMI Name TBF_CS_DL Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_CS_DL Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the Coding Scheme of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to CS-1. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 8 External Comment If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1149 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.299 (TBF_CS_UL) - (TBF_CS_UL) HMI Name TBF_CS_UL Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_CS_UL Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 64 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1150 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.300 (TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD) - (TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD) HMI Name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 512 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1151 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.301 (TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD) - (TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD) HMI Name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 512 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1152 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.302 (TBF_DL_INIT_CS) - (TBF_DL_INIT_CS) HMI Name TBF_DL_INIT_CS Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_DL_INIT_CS Definition Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (e.g. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Recommended rules In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 4 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1153 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.303 (TBF_MCS_DL) - (TBF_MCS_DL) HMI Name TBF_MCS_DL Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_MCS_DL Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the MCS of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to MCS-1. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 15 12 External Comment If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1154 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.304 (TBF_MCS_UL) - (TBF_MCS_UL) HMI Name TBF_MCS_UL Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_MCS_UL Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit := TBF_MCS_UL x n_allocated_timeslots. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 192 32 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1155 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.305 (TBF_UL_INIT_CS) - (TBF_UL_INIT_CS) HMI Name TBF_UL_INIT_CS Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_UL_INIT_CS Definition Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (e.g. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Recommended rules In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 4 2 External Comment Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation is enabled. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1156 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.306 (THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING) - (THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING) HMI Name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING Parameter Name Logical Name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING Definition Threshold above which the load of the serving cell is considered in a high load situation in the NC2 cell ranking process Coding rules Step size of 10% 0 : 0%; 1: 10%; .... 10 : 100% Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 100 0 External Comment This parameter is only relevant if the parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS". The serving cell is considered in a low load situation when THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING = 0 %. The value of 0 % deactivates the load evaluation in the serving cell. The load situation of external cells is unknown in the serving cell. The BSS then computes the NC2 load of those cells as follows: - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to a value lower than 100 %, then the cell is considered in a low load situation. - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to 100 %, then the cell is considered in an high load situation Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1157 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.307 (TOM8_PRIORITY) - (TOM8_PRIORITY) HMI Name TOM8_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name TOM8_PRIORITY Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined TOM8 Packet Flow Context Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 4 15 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1158 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.308 (TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR) HMI Name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR Parameter Name Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in acknowledged mode. Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1159 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.309 (TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR) HMI Name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR Parameter Name Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode. Coding rules step size = 1% Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1160 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.310 (TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD) HMI Name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD Definition Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 500 200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1161 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.311 (TX_INT) - (TX_INT) HMI Name TX_INT Parameter Name Logical Name TX_INT Definition Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Coding rules Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111 Mandatory rules Recommended rules It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 ms. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 2 50 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1162 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.312 (TX_INTEGER) - (Tx_integer (MFS)) HMI Name TX_INTEGER Parameter Name Logical Name Tx_integer (MFS) Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC) Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1163 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 3 50 32 External Comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1164 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.313 (Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject) - (WI_PR) HMI Name Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject Parameter Name Logical Name WI_PR Definition Wait indication used in IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT or PACKET ACCESS REJECT in the nominal case (see the WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD parameter for the particular cases). Coding rules Mandatory rules WI_PR <= WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 255 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1165 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.314 (Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject when CPU overload) - (WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD) HMI Name Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject when CPU overload Parameter Name Logical Name WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD Definition Wait indication used in IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT or PACKET ACCESS REJECT in case of PPC CPU or memory overload. Coding rules Mandatory rules WI_PR <= WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 255 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1166 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.315 (Weight_P10) - (Weight_P10) HMI Name Weight_P10 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P10 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 10 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 6 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1167 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.316 (Weight_P11) - (Weight_P11) HMI Name Weight_P11 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P11 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 11 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 5 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1168 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.317 (Weight_P12) - (Weight_P12) HMI Name Weight_P12 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P12 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 12 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 4 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1169 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.318 (Weight_P13) - (Weight_P13) HMI Name Weight_P13 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P13 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 13 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 3 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1170 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.319 (Weight_P14) - (Weight_P14) HMI Name Weight_P14 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P14 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 14 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 2 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1171 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.320 (Weight_P15) - (Weight_P15) HMI Name Weight_P15 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P15 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 15 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1172 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.321 (Weight_P4) - (Weight_P4) HMI Name Weight_P4 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P4 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 4 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 12 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1173 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.322 (Weight_P5) - (Weight_P5) HMI Name Weight_P5 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P5 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 5 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 11 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1174 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.323 (Weight_P6) - (Weight_P6) HMI Name Weight_P6 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P6 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 6 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 10 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1175 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.324 (Weight_P7) - (Weight_P7) HMI Name Weight_P7 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P7 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 7 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 9 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1176 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.325 (Weight_P8) - (Weight_P8) HMI Name Weight_P8 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P8 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 8 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 8 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1177 / 1278 6 GPRS Telecom Parameters 6.2.326 (Weight_P9) - (Weight_P9) HMI Name Weight_P9 Parameter Name Logical Name Weight_P9 Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 9 Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 15 7 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1178 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1179 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.1 Network (CDE) 7.1.1 (EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS) - (EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS) HMI Name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS Parameter Name Logical Name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS Definition This flag enables / disables downlink retransmission in the BTS. Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment DL retransmission in the BTS will be disabled by the MFS in the cells having an Abis or an Ater satellite link (whatever the TRE type). In a cell with terrestrial Abis and Ater links, this feature is disabled for G3 TREs only. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1180 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.1.2 (MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN) - (MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN) HMI Name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN Parameter Name Logical Name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN Definition Minimum throughput gain required to be provided to the MS when performing a T2 or T3 TBF reallocation. Coding rules step size = 0,1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0,1 5 0,3 External Comment Increasing the value of this parameter above 0,3 might block some reallocations for mobiles having a high multislot class (multislot class >= 30). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1181 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.1.3 (N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS) - (N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS) HMI Name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS Parameter Name Logical Name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS Definition Two definitions are possible : - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "enabled" : number of GCHs required to be established due to the "Fast Initial PS Access" feature, - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "disabled" : number of GCHs to keep established when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic in a cell (while the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer is running). Those GCHs will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Network (CDE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance MFS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 5 1 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1182 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2 Site (CAE) 7.2.1 (ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION) - (ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION) HMI Name ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION Parameter Name Logical Name ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION Definition Allows EDA operations for mobile stations in DTM mode. Coding rules 0: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is not allowed, 1: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is allowed. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment This flag is relevant only if DTM and EDA are both activated. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1183 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.2 (BEP_PERIOD) - (BEP_PERIOD) HMI Name BEP_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name BEP_PERIOD Definition Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements. Coding rules coded on 4 bits as follows: 0: 1 1: 2 2: 3 3: 4 4: 5 5: 7 6: 10 7: 12 8: 15 9: 20 10: 25 11: Reserved for future use 12: Reserved for future use 13: Reserved for future use 14: Reserved for future use 15: Reserved for future use Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 25 10 External Comment The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor used in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side. In case of cell without frequency hopping and without "fast" mobiles (i.e. not motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to set a higher value (e.g. 25) in order to avoid spurious MCS changes causing higher BLER and throughput loss. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1184 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.3 (E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD) - (E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD) HMI Name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD Definition Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. Coding rules step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 500 200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1185 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.4 (EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL) - (EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL) HMI Name EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL Parameter Name Logical Name EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL Definition Activation level of Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA). Coding rules 0: EDA activated for all mobile stations (supporting the feature), 1: EDA activated for R99-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature), 2: EDA activated for Rel-4-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature). Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 2 0 External Comment -This parameter is relevant only if EDA is activated (EN_EDA parameter). -The activation level may provide an artificial mean to limit the inter-operability risks due to mobile stations with uncorrected EDA implementation (EDA is a R97 feature but has been completely clarified in Rel-6). - R99 is detected through the Revision Level Indicator. - A mobile station is considered as Rel4-onwards compliant if it indicates the field "GERAN Feature Package 1" in its MS Radio Access Capability. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1186 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.5 (EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT) - (EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT) HMI Name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT Parameter Name Logical Name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT Definition For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 32 20 External Comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1187 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.6 (EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE) - (EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE) HMI Name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE Parameter Name Logical Name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE Definition For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 32 24 External Comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1188 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.7 (EN_EDA) - (EN_EDA) HMI Name EN_EDA Parameter Name Logical Name EN_EDA Definition Enables Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA). Coding rules 0: EDA not activated, 1: EDA activated Mandatory rules EN_EDA = 0 in case of extended cell Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment When EDA is activated, its activation domain is given by the EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION parameters. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1189 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.8 (EN_IR_UL) - (EN_IR_UL_per_cell) HMI Name EN_IR_UL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_IR_UL_per_cell Definition Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the uplink TBF in the BSS. Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_cell), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment The Incremental Redundancy for the uplink TBF feature is supported only from G4 onwards BTSs. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1190 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.9 (EN_MCS1_in_CRP) - (EN_MCS1_in_CRP) HMI Name EN_MCS1_in_CRP Parameter Name Logical Name EN_MCS1_in_CRP Definition Enables the forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase access to make this phase more robust. Coding rules 0: the BSS does not force uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at one-phase access. 1: the BSS forces uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at one-phase access. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment The forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase access corresponds to the behaviour in B9. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1191 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.10 (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL) - (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_cell) HMI Name EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL Parameter Name Logical Name EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_cell Definition Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the uplink TBF in the cell, in case of RLC in acknowledged mode. Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Mandatory rules Recommended rules Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1192 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.11 (INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_EGPRS) - (INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_EGPRS) HMI Name INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_EGPRS Parameter Name Logical Name INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_EGPRS Definition Number of PDCHs on which MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL and MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL are targeted when establishing GCHs for an EGPRS TBF associated to a "short data" MS transfer. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 8 3 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied on current TBF and new TBF established after modification Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1193 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.12 (MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL) - (MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL) HMI Name MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for the DL EGPRS TBFs associated to a "short data" MS transfer. Coding rules 1: MCS-1 coded as 0 2: MCS-2 coded as 1 3: MCS-3 coded as 2 4: MCS-4 coded as 3 5: MCS-5 coded as 4 6: MCS-6 coded as 5 7: MCS-7 coded as 6 8: MCS-8 coded as 7 9: MCS-9 coded as 8 Mandatory rules Recommended rules In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 9 1 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - Setting this parameter to MCS-2 might introduce some problems (because a MCS-2 block consumes exactly 1.00 GCH and might therefore block some of the MFS-BTS signalling messages to be sent in the M-EGCH link in DL). - If MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL is strictly higher than MAX_EGPRS_MCS, then MAX_EGPRS_MCS is used instead. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing. 1194 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1195 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.13 (MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL) - (MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL) HMI Name MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for the UL EGPRS TBFs associated to a "short data" MS transfer. Coding rules 1: MCS-1 coded as 0 2: MCS-2 coded as 1 3: MCS-3 coded as 2 4: MCS-4 coded as 3 5: MCS-5 coded as 4 6: MCS-6 coded as 5 7: MCS-7 coded as 6 8: MCS-8 coded as 7 9: MCS-9 coded as 8 Mandatory rules Recommended rules In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 9 2 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - If MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL is strictly higher than MAX_EGPRS_MCS, then MAX_EGPRS_MCS is used instead. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1196 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.14 (MCS_AVG_PERIOD) - (MCS_AVG_PERIOD) HMI Name MCS_AVG_PERIOD Parameter Name Logical Name MCS_AVG_PERIOD Definition Filtering period used for calculation of the forgetting factor applied to the current UL MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP samples in the averaging Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation filter Coding rules step size = 20ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0.02 5 0.1 External Comment Parameter change: any modification impacts the telecom PS service. The on-going PS traffic of the BSS is broken and no new traffic is accepted until the related GP/GPU(s) restarted. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1197 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.15 (N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU) - (N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU) HMI Name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU Parameter Name Logical Name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU Definition Number of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept "in reserve" in order to be able to serve some prioritary requests in cells managed by the GPU. The prioritary requests are the GCH establishment requests launched when the first TBF has to be established in a cell (useful to guarantee that MM traffic will be supported in any cell at any time). In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin is managed. In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0, RRM will ensure that N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU 64k Ater TSs are always free (i.e. not used by a GCH in the GPU). From then on, only prioritary requests will be allowed to establish some GCHs with those Ater resources. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 10 2 External Comment - Applicable only to TDM mode. - Increasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU will make the average number of unused Ater nibbles in the GPU increase. That corresponds to a loss of Ater resources on the field, as the on-going TBF traffic will never "benefit from the margin of Ater resources". But, on the other hand, the likelihood of not serving a prioritary request in the GPU will be become very low. - Decreasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU (to a non null value) will make it possible that prioritary requests cannot be served in case several such requests have to be served in a short period of time (i.e. before having had the time to "fill the Ater margin" up again), especially if the requests have to be served on several different DSPs (one 64k Ater TS will be consumed by each DSP). - Setting N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU to 0 will make it possible the cases where prioritary requests cannot be served at all. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1198 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.16 (N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA) - (N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA) HMI Name N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA Parameter Name Logical Name N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA Definition Minimum number of consecutive significantly-uplink biases observed during a transfer to allow a mobile station to use Extended Dynamic Allocation. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 64 1 External Comment This parameter can allow using EDA only in case of big UL transfers Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1199 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.17 (T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport) - (T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport) HMI Name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport Parameter Name Logical Name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport Definition Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. Coding rules step size = 20 ms Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value ms 60 3000 200 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1200 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.18 (TBF_DL_INIT_MCS) - (TBF_DL_INIT_MCS) HMI Name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS Definition Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (e.g. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. Coding rules 0 : MCS-1 1 : MCS-2 2 : MCS-3 3 : MCS-4 4 : MCS-5 5 : MCS-6 6 : MCS-7 7 : MCS-8 8 : MCS-9 Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Recommended rules In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 9 3 External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1201 / 1278 7 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters 7.2.19 (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS) - (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS) HMI Name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS Parameter Name Logical Name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS Definition Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (e.g. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. Coding rules 0 : MCS-1 1 : MCS-2 2 : MCS-3 3 : MCS-4 4 : MCS-5 5 : MCS-6 6 : MCS-7 7 : MCS-8 8 : MCS-9 Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Recommended rules In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 1 9 3 External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled. Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation is enabled. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1202 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 8 DTM Telecom Parameters 8 DTM Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1203 / 1278 8 DTM Telecom Parameters 8.1 Site (CAE) 8.1.1 (EN_DTM) - (EN_DTM) HMI Name EN_DTM Parameter Name Logical Name EN_DTM Definition Enables/disables the support of dual transfer mode Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules EN_DTM may be set to 1 only if : -CELL_RANGE = 0 -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1 Recommended rules If EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment ((E)GPRS is mandatory for DTM operation, and at least 2 PDCHs are required in the PS zone for allocation of DTM resources to (at least) one DTM call, therefore, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD shall at least be equal to 2. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1204 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 8 DTM Telecom Parameters 8.1.2 (MAX_LAPDM) - (MAX_LAPDM) HMI Name MAX_LAPDM Parameter Name Logical Name MAX_LAPDM Definition Maximum number of LAPDm frames on which a layer 3 can be segmented into and be sent on the main DCCH. Coding rules Coded on 3 bits: 000 : 5 001 : 6 .... 111 : 12 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 5 12 7 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1205 / 1278 8 DTM Telecom Parameters 8.1.3 (N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30) - (N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30) HMI Name N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 Parameter Name Logical Name N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 Definition Number of TCH usage information update periods to be waited by the BSC before moving the TCH of a DTM capable MS from the PS zone to the CS zone (intracell handover cause 30). "zero" means that the feature "avoid ping-pong between CS and PS zones for DTM MS" is not activated. Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 10 0 External Comment - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on the handovers cause 30 detected after the modification (didnt apply on running timers). - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - the delay applied by the BSC is between N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 * TCH_INFO_PERIOD and (N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 + 1) * TCH_INFO_PERIOD Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1206 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1207 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1 Site (CAE) 9.1.1 (CI_LTE) - (CI_LTE) HMI Name CI_LTE Parameter Name Logical Name CI_LTE Definition This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of an external LTE (FDD or TDD) cell as defined in 3GPP TS 36.300. Coding rules Binary value on 28 bits is expanded to 32 bits (with the four Most Significant Bits set to "1"). Mandatory rules (MCC_LTE, MNC_LTE and CI_LTE) shall together uniquely identify a LTE cell inside the OMC Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 268435455 None External Comment - The CI_LTE is equivalent to the long/standard eNode-B Id. - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1208 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.2 (DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G) - (DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G) HMI Name DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G Parameter Name Logical Name DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G Definition Default priority associated to any UARFCN not explicitely broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules step size = 1 "0" is the lowest priority, "7" the highest Mandatory rules The DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G of a given BSS shall be different from any priority (GERAN_PRIORITY) of its related 2G cells (which has at least one neighbour 3G or LTE cell for reselection), and different from any priority (PRIORITY_3G and PRIORITY_LTE) of all those target neighbour 3G and LTE cells for reselection. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 3 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1209 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.3 (DEFAULT_QRXLEVMIN_3G) - (DEFAULT_QRXLEVMIN_3G) HMI Name DEFAULT_QRXLEVMIN_3G Parameter Name Logical Name DEFAULT_QRXLEVMIN_3G Definition Default minimum received level associated to any UARFCN not explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = (dBm + 119) / 2, step size = 2 dBm Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -119 -57 -119 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1210 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.4 (DEFAULT_THRESH_3G) - (DEFAULT_THRESH_3G) HMI Name DEFAULT_THRESH_3G Parameter Name Logical Name DEFAULT_THRESH_3G Definition Default threshold associated to any UARFCN not explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 62 30 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1211 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.5 (EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION) - (EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION) HMI Name EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to E-UTRAN FDD cell reselection and defines the LTE search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. The adjacent EUARFCNs can be configured at LTE cell level only (ARFCN_LTE). Those EUARFCNs are used in the "blind" search method. Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled with LTE search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with LTE search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 3: Enabled with LTE search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1, 4: Enabled with LTE search activated with flexible priority while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. Mandatory rules - Configuration of FDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell for which (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) and (EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 or EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0). - EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <> disabled at the same time. - EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <> disabled at the same time. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 2 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION = 0. - It is allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 3 only if (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) - It is not allowed to have EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 if the cell is owned by a BSC connected to a legacy MFS. - if both EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, then they shall have the same value. Recommended rules Value 3 should be used only in case of good LTE FDD coverage. Category Site (CAE) 1212 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 External Comment - If EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION < 3, and If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for Rel4 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", the LTE search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This LTE search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1213 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.6 (EUARFCN) - (ARFCN_LTE(FDD)) HMI Name EUARFCN Parameter Name Logical Name ARFCN_LTE(FDD) Definition Downlink FDD E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EUARFCN) of an external LTE FDD cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules Only the following downlink EUARFCN ranges are standardized for FDD: I) 0 599 and II) 600 1199 and III) 1200 1949 and IV) 1950 2399 and V) 2400 2649 and VI) 2650 - 2749 and VII) 2750 - 3449 and VIII) 3450 - 3799 and IX) 3800 4149 and X) 4150 4749 and XI) 4750 4999 and XII) 5000 5179 and XIII) 5180 5279 and XIV) 5280 5379 and XVII) 5730 - 5849 - For a given 2G cell, there shall be no more than 8 distinct ARFCN_LTE(FDD) among all the neighbour LTE FDD cells target for reselection. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 None 1214 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters External Comment - Significant if RAT_LTE is FDD - The FDD EUARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The FDD EUARFCNs of the LTE neighbour cells configured for reselection are broadcast on BCCH. - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1215 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.7 (GERAN_PRIORITY) - (GERAN_PRIORITY) HMI Name GERAN_PRIORITY Parameter Name Logical Name GERAN_PRIORITY Definition Gives the priority for the serving cell. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules step size = 1, "0" is the lowest priority, "7" the highest Mandatory rules When a given serving 2G cell has at least one neighbour 3G or LTE cell for reselection, then GERAN_PRIORITY shall be different from any priority (PRIORITY_3G and PRIORITY_LTE) of its neighbour 3G and LTE cells for reselection, and different from the DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G of its BSS. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 0 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1216 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.8 (H_PRIO) - (H_PRIO) HMI Name H_PRIO Parameter Name Logical Name H_PRIO Definition Hysteresis used in the priority reselection algorithm by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules step size = 1 Coded value (decimal): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: 6: Rule disabled 1: 5: 5 dB 2: 4: 4 dB 3: 3: 3 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 3 6 6 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1217 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.9 (MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH) - (MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH) HMI Name MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH Parameter Name Logical Name MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH Definition Number of resources blocks (NRB) over which an MS/UE LTE-capable could measure. Coding rules 0 (coded) = 6 1 (coded) = 15 2 (coded) = 25 3 (coded) = 50 4 (coded) = 75 5 (coded) = 100 Mandatory rules All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 6 100 6 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1218 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.10 (Mobile Country Code (MCC) for LTE cell) - (MCC_LTE) HMI Name Mobile Country Code (MCC) for LTE cell Parameter Name Logical Name MCC_LTE Definition Mobile Country Code of a neighbour external LTE (FDD or TDD) cell of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Coding rules 3 digits BCD Mandatory rules - The MCC_LTE is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator in the set of own or foreign PLMNs - (MCC_LTE, MNC_LTE, CI_LTE) shall together uniquely identify a LTE cell inside the OMC Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 None External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1219 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.11 (Mobile Network Code (MNC) for LTE cell) - (MNC_LTE) HMI Name Mobile Network Code (MNC) for LTE cell Parameter Name Logical Name MNC_LTE Definition Mobile Network Code of a neighbour external LTE (FDD or TDD) cell of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. Coding rules 3 digits BCD Mandatory rules - The MNC_LTE is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator in the set of own or foreign PLMNs. - (MCC_LTE, MNC_LTE, CI_LTE) shall together uniquely identify a LTE cell inside the OMC Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 None External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only - The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1220 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.12 (PRIORITY_3G) - (PRIORITY_3G) HMI Name PRIORITY_3G Parameter Name Logical Name PRIORITY_3G Definition Priority associated to a given UARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules step size = 1, "0" is the lowest priority, "7" the highest. Mandatory rules - All 3G cells managed by the OMC (and neighbour to a BSC Evolution) having the same ARFCN_3G shall be given the same PRIORITY_3G value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - The PRIORITY_3G of a given 3G cell, neighbour for reselection to one/several 2G serving cell(s) S, shall be different from any priority (GERAN_PRIORITY) of the cell(s) S, and different from any priority (DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G) of the BSS(s) owning the cell(s) S, and different from any priority (PRIORITY_LTE) of the LTE cell(s) (if any) neighbour for reselection to the cell(s) S. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 4 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1221 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.13 (PRIORITY_LTE) - (PRIORITY_LTE) HMI Name PRIORITY_LTE Parameter Name Logical Name PRIORITY_LTE Definition Priority associated to a given EUARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules step size = 1, "0" is the lowest priority, "7" the highest. Mandatory rules - All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same PRIORITY_LTE value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - The PRIORITY_LTE of a given LTE cell, neighbour for reselection to one/several 2G serving cell(s) S, shall be different from any priority (GERAN_PRIORITY) of the cell(s) S, and different from any priority (DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G) of the BSS(s) owning the cell(s) S, and different from any priority (PRIORITY_3G) of the 3G cell(s) (if any) neighbour for reselection to the cell(s) S. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 7 7 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1222 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.14 (QRXLEVMIN_3G) - (QRXLEVMIN_3G) HMI Name QRXLEVMIN_3G Parameter Name Logical Name QRXLEVMIN_3G Definition Minimum received level required for a given UARFCN broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = (dBm + 119) / 2, step size = 2 dBm Mandatory rules All 3G cells managed by the OMC (and neighbour to a BSC Evolution) having the same ARFCN_3G shall be given the same QRXLEVMIN_3G value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -119 -57 -119 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1223 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.15 (QRXLEVMIN_LTE) - (QRXLEVMIN_LTE) HMI Name QRXLEVMIN_LTE Parameter Name Logical Name QRXLEVMIN_LTE Definition Minimum received level required for a given EUARFCN broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = (dBm + 140) / 2, step size = 2 dBm Mandatory rules All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same QRXLEVMIN_LTE value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -140 -78 -140 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1224 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.16 (Qsearch_P_LTE) - (Qsearch_P_LTE) HMI Name Qsearch_P_LTE Parameter Name Logical Name Qsearch_P_LTE Definition Threshold for searching for LTE cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for LTE neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for LTE neighbour cells Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -98 -50 -50 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1225 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.17 (RAT_LTE) - (RAT_LTE) HMI Name RAT_LTE Parameter Name Logical Name RAT_LTE Definition This parameter defines the radio access technology of an external LTE cell. Coding rules 0: FDD 1: TDD Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1226 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.18 (T_RESELECTION) - (T_RESELECTION) HMI Name T_RESELECTION Parameter Name Logical Name T_RESELECTION Definition Period during which the cell reselection criteria of the priority algorithm must be verified to allow the cell reselection; used by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = (sec / 5) - 1, step size = 5 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 5 20 5 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1227 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.19 (THRESH_2G_LOW) - (THRESH_2G_LOW) HMI Name THRESH_2G_LOW Parameter Name Logical Name THRESH_2G_LOW Definition Gives the threshold of the GSM serving cell (and all measured GSM cells). Used in the priority algorithm for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules step size = 2 dB Coded value (decimal): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: 0: 0 dB 1: 2: 2 dB 2: 4: 4 dB 3: 6: 6 dB 4: 8: 8 dB 5: 10: 10 dB 6: 12: 12 dB 7: 14: 14 dB 8: 16: 16 dB 9: 18: 18 dB 10: 20: 20 dB 11: 22: 22 dB 12: 24: 24 dB 13: 26: 26 dB 14: 28: 28 dB 15: 30: always select a LTE cell is possible Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 30 30 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1228 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.20 (THRESH_3G_HIGH) - (THRESH_3G_HIGH) HMI Name THRESH_3G_HIGH Parameter Name Logical Name THRESH_3G_HIGH Definition Threshold (high) associated to a given UARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 Mandatory rules - All 3G cells managed by the OMC (and neighbour to a BSC Evolution) having the same ARFCN_3G shall be given the same THRESH_3G_HIGH value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - THRESH_3G_LOW <= THRESH_3G_HIGH Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 62 30 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1229 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.21 (THRESH_3G_LOW) - (THRESH_3G_LOW) HMI Name THRESH_3G_LOW Parameter Name Logical Name THRESH_3G_LOW Definition Threshold (low) associated to a given UARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 Mandatory rules - All 3G cells managed by the OMC (and neighbour to a BSC Evolution) having the same ARFCN_3G shall be given the same THRESH_3G_LOW value (to be checked at Network level and on a per RAT basis). - THRESH_3G_LOW <= THRESH_3G_HIGH Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 62 30 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1230 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.22 (THRESH_LTE_HIGH) - (THRESH_LTE_HIGH) HMI Name THRESH_LTE_HIGH Parameter Name Logical Name THRESH_LTE_HIGH Definition Threshold (high) associated to a given EUARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 dB Mandatory rules - All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same THRESH_LTE_HIGH value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - THRESH_LTE_LOW <= THRESH_LTE_HIGH Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 62 30 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1231 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.23 (THRESH_LTE_LOW) - (THRESH_LTE_LOW) HMI Name THRESH_LTE_LOW Parameter Name Logical Name THRESH_LTE_LOW Definition Threshold (low) associated to a given EUARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 dB Mandatory rules - All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same THRESH_LTE_LOW value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - THRESH_LTE_LOW <= THRESH_LTE_HIGH Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance LTE cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 62 30 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1232 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 9.1.24 (THRESH_PRIORITY_SEARCH) - (THRESH_PRIORITY_SEARCH) HMI Name THRESH_PRIORITY_SEARCH Parameter Name Logical Name THRESH_PRIORITY_SEARCH Definition Threshold for the serving cell that controls inter-RAT measurements. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coding rules step size = 3 dBm Coded value (decimal): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm 1: -95: -95 dBm 2: -92: -92 dBm 3: -89: -89 dBm 4: -86: -86 dBm 5: -83: -83 dBm 6: -80: -80 dBm 7: -77: -77 dBm 8: -74: -74 dBm 9: -71: -71 dBm 10: -68: -68 dBm 11: -65: -65 dBm 12: -62: -62 dBm 13: -59: -59 dBm 14: -56: -56 dBm 15: -53: Always Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -98 -53 -53 External Comment - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1233 / 1278 9 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters 1234 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1235 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.1 Network (CDE) 10.1.1 (CGI_3G_REQUIRED) - (CGI_3G_REQD) HMI Name CGI_3G_REQUIRED Parameter Name Logical Name CGI_3G_REQD Definition Controls the format of an external 3G cell identification, sent to the MSC on the A interface for 2G to 3G handover. Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Mandatory rules Recommended rules Alcatel-Lucent recommend to set the CGI_3G_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_3G_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 3G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Category Network (CDE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 1 External Comment Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1236 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2 Site (CAE) 10.2.1 (A_ECNO_HO) - (A_ECNO_HO) HMI Name A_ECNO_HO Parameter Name Logical Name A_ECNO_HO Definition Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value Samfr 1 31 8 External Comment Single 8 Umbrella 8 Concentric 8 Concentric Umbrella 8 Microcell 4 Minicell 8 Extended inner cell 8 Cell Type Dependent Extended outer cell 8 Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1237 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.2 (Cell Capacity Class) - (CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS) HMI Name Cell Capacity Class Parameter Name Logical Name CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS Definition Capacity class of the cell, measured on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to 100. Coding rules binary value on 8 bits Mandatory rules Recommended rules the Cell Capacity Class shall follow the recommended rule: "In order to fulfill the 3GPP requirement of having a linear scale in the capacity class, ranging from 1 to 100: Cell Capacity Class is a linear function of the Cell capacity: value 1 shall indicate the minimum capacity class, and 100 shall indicate the maximum capacity class. Capacity class should be measured on a linear scale. The default value of Cell Capacity Class should depend on the number of available TCHs in the cell and since there may be up to 126 TCH channels in one GSM cell: Cell_Capacity_Class = int{[(99/125) x (NTCH - 1)] + 1} where NTCH is the number of all TCH channels in the Cell." Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 1 100 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1238 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.3 (CI_3G) - (CI_3G) HMI Name CI_3G Parameter Name Logical Name CI_3G Definition This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of an external 3G (FDD or TDD) cell as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401. Coding rules Binary value on 16 bits Mandatory rules (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, RNC_ID_3G and CI_3G) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 None External Comment Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1239 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.4 (EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO) - (EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO) HMI Name EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO Definition Allows handovers towards 3G cells for a given MS when I.E. Service Handover is missing and the load in the serving cell is high (see THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ) Coding rules 0 : disable, 1 : enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1240 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.5 (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION) - (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION) HMI Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. The adjacent UARFCNs can be configured either at BSS level (FDD_ARFCN_LIST), or, exclusively, at 3G cell level (ARFCN_3G). Those UARFCNs are used in the "blind" search method. Coding rules 0: Disabled 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1. 4: Enabled with 3G search activated with flexible priority while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. Mandatory rules - EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <> disabled at the same time. - FDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (FDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G FDD cell target for reselection (or both). - Configuration of FDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell for which (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) and (EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 or EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0). - if both EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, then they shall have the same value. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 1 and EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0. - It is allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 3 only if (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) - if both EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, then they shall have the same value. Recommended rules Value 3 and 4 should be used only in case of good 3G FDD coverage. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1241 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 External Comment - If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", then the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. - If EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = "Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1", then the 3G search is activated even when activating the NC2 mode (the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message will not be sent). - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1242 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.6 (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION) - (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION) HMI Name EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN TD-SCDMA cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. The adjacent UARFCNs can be configured either at BSS level (TDD_ARFCN_LIST), or, exclusively, at 3G cell level (ARFCN_3G). Those UARFCNs are used in the "blind" search method. Coding rules 0: Disabled 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1. 4: Enabled with 3G search activated with flexible priority while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1243 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters Mandatory rules - EN_2G_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <>disabled at the same time - EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <> disabled at the same time. - TDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (TDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G TDD cell target for reselection. - Configuration of TDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where both EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled. - if both EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, then they shall have the same value. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 1 and EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0. - It is allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 3 only if (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) - For a given 2G cell, where both EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, if FAKE_FDD_MANAGEMENT = 1 then there shall be no more than 8 distinct ARFCN_3G (TDD) among all the neighbour 3G TDD cells target for reselection and there shall be no more than 4 distinct ARFCN_LTE(TDD) among all the neighbour LTE TDD cells target for reselection. Recommended rules Value 3 and 4 should be used only in case of good 3G TDD coverage. Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 4 0 1244 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters External Comment - If EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION < 3, and If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for Rel4 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1245 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.7 (EN_3G_DIVERSITY) - (EN_3G_DIVERSITY(FDD)) HMI Name EN_3G_DIVERSITY Parameter Name Logical Name EN_3G_DIVERSITY(FDD) Definition This parameter indicates if diversity is applied for an external 3G FDD cell. Coding rules 1 bit: 0 diversity is not applied, 1 diversity is applied Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment - Significant only if RAT_3G is FDD. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1246 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.8 (EN_3G_HO) - (EN_3G_HO) HMI Name EN_3G_HO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_3G_HO Definition This flag enables/disables the 2G to 3G FDD handover. Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Mandatory rules For Evolium serving cell : - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1247 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.9 (EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INFO) - (EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INFO) HMI Name EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INFO Parameter Name Logical Name EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INFO Definition Allows sending by the MS of Compressed Inter-RAT HO information Coding rules 0 : disable, 1 : enable Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Shall be set to 1 only if all RNCs neighbour to this BSS support the feature. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1248 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.10 (EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION) - (EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION) HMI Name EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION Definition Defines the CPICH measurements used in the 2G to 3G cell reselection Coding rules 0: Only 1 CPICH measurement is used 1: CPICH Ec/No and RSCP measurements must be used Mandatory rules This parameter can be set on 1 only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION <>0 Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Flag SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 0 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1249 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.11 (EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION) - (EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION) HMI Name EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION Parameter Name Logical Name EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION Definition Enables a fast 3G/LTE (FDD or TDD) cell reselection at 2G CS call release. Coding rules 0:fast 3G/LTE cell reselection at 2G CS call release is not used. 1:only fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used. 2:only fast LTE cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used. 3:fast LTE cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used, 3G otherwise. Mandatory rules - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 1 and EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 2 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION = 0. It is allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 3 only if (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 3 0 External Comment - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification in dedicated Channel Release messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1250 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.12 (FDD_ARFCN_LIST) - (FDD_ARFCN_LIST) HMI Name FDD_ARFCN_LIST Parameter Name Logical Name FDD_ARFCN_LIST Definition List of neighbour Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Numbers (UARFCNs) of any 3G FDD neighbor cell, adjacent to the BSS. Up to 3 FDD UARFCNs can be defined in the list. This list is used for 2G to 3G cell reselection ("blind" search method). Coding rules The value of -1 is for implementation purpose only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any UARFCN. Mandatory rules - The UARFCNs defined in the list (i.e. not set to -1) shall be different from each other. - Only the following downlink FDD UARFCN ranges are standardized: I) 10562-10838 and II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387 X) 3112-3388 XI) 3712-3812 XII) 3837- 3903 XIII) 4017-4043 XIV) 4117-4143 - FDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (FDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G FDD cell target for reselection (or both). - Configuration of FDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell for which (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) and (EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 or EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0). Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem BSC Instance BSS 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1251 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16383 None External Comment - The FDD UARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The FDD UARFCNs of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH. - Significant only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1252 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.13 (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset) - (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset) HMI Name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset Parameter Name Logical Name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection in GPRS Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -32 28 -32 External Comment This parameter is broadcast on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1253 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.14 (FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING) - (FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING) HMI Name FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING Parameter Name Logical Name FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING Definition Number of the strongest 3G cells to be reported by the MS in the measurement report message Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 3 2 External Comment This parameter is meaningful only if EN_3G_HO is set to enabled. If disabled, this parameter is considered as equal to zero (the MS shall report only 2G cells). This parameter is broadcast on SACCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1254 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.15 (FDD_Qmin) - (FDD_Qmin(BSC)) HMI Name FDD_Qmin Parameter Name Logical Name FDD_Qmin(BSC) Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Coding rules 0 = -20 dB 1 = -6 dB 2 = -18 dB 3 = -8dB 4 = -16dB 5 = -10dB 6 = -14dB 7 = -12dB Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -20 -6 -12 External Comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1255 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.16 (FDD_Qmin_Offset) - (FDD_Qmin_Offset) HMI Name FDD_Qmin_Offset Parameter Name Logical Name FDD_Qmin_Offset Definition Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value Coding rules coded on 3 bits: 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 2 dB, 2 = 4 dB, 3 = 6 dB, 4 = 8 dB, 5 = 10 dB, 6 = 12 dB, 7 = 14 dB. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB 0 14 0 External Comment Available only if EN_CPICH_2G_3G_Reselection = 1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1256 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.17 (FDD_Qoffset) - (FDD_Qoffset (BSC)) HMI Name FDD_Qoffset Parameter Name Logical Name FDD_Qoffset (BSC) Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS) Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -32 28 -32 External Comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1257 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.18 (FDD_RSCPmin) - (FDD_RSCPmin) HMI Name FDD_RSCPmin Parameter Name Logical Name FDD_RSCPmin Definition Minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Coding rules coded on 4bits: 0 = -114 dBm, 1 = -112 dBm, 2 = -110 dBm, 3 = -108 dBm, 4 = -106 dBm, 5 = -104 dBm, 6 = -102 dBm, 7 = -100 dBm, 8 = -98 dBm, 9 = -96 dBm, 10 = -94 dBm, 11 = -92 dBm, 12 = -90 dBm, 13 = -88 dBm, 14 = -86 dBm, 15 = -84 dBm. Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -114 -84 -102 External Comment Available only if EN_CPICH_2G_3G_Reselection=1 Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1258 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.19 (LAC_3G) - (LAC_3G) HMI Name LAC_3G Parameter Name Logical Name LAC_3G Definition This parameter indicates the Location Area Code of an external 3G (FDD or TDD) cell, as defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 (in the HANDOVER COMMAND message on A interface). Coding rules binary value on 16 bits Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 None External Comment Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1259 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.20 (Mobile Country Code (MCC) for 3G cell) - (MCC_3G) HMI Name Mobile Country Code (MCC) for 3G cell Parameter Name Logical Name MCC_3G Definition Mobile Country Code of a neighbour external 3G cell (FDD or TDD) of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Coding rules 3 digits BCD Mandatory rules - The MCC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. - (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, Local-3G-Cell-Identity) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell inside the OMC. - (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, RNC_ID_3G and CI_3G) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1260 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.21 (Mobile Network Code (MNC) for 3G cell) - (MNC_3G) HMI Name Mobile Network Code (MNC) for 3G cell Parameter Name Logical Name MNC_3G Definition Mobile Network Code of a neighbour external 3G cell (FDD or TDD) of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. Coding rules 3 digits BCD Mandatory rules - The MNC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. - (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, Local-3G-Cell-Identity) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell inside the OMC. - (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, RNC_ID_3G and CI_3G) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Reference SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 999 None External Comment The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1261 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.22 (Qsearch_C) - (Qsearch_C) HMI Name Qsearch_C Parameter Name Logical Name Qsearch_C Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in dedicated mode depending whether the received signal level of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Mandatory rules Recommended rules In a cell where at least one 2G to 3G adjacency has been defined, Qsearch_C =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -98 -50 -70 External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on SACCH Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1262 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.23 (Qsearch_I) - (Qsearch_I) HMI Name Qsearch_I Parameter Name Logical Name Qsearch_I Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Mandatory rules Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_I =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -98 -50 -50 External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1263 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.24 (Qsearch_P) - (Qsearch_P) HMI Name Qsearch_P Parameter Name Logical Name Qsearch_P Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Mandatory rules Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_P =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -98 -50 -50 External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold in GPRS. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1264 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.25 (Qsearch_P_PTM) - (Qsearch_P_PTM) HMI Name Qsearch_P_PTM Parameter Name Logical Name Qsearch_P_PTM Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS packet transfer mode depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem MFS Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dBm -98 -50 -50 External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold in GPRS packet transfer mode. This parameter is sent in Packet Measurement Order on PACCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1265 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.26 (RAT_3G) - (RAT_3G) HMI Name RAT_3G Parameter Name Logical Name RAT_3G Definition This parameter defines UMTS radio access technology of an external 3G cell. Coding rules 0: FDD 1: TDD Mandatory rules A 3G TDD cell can be configured for "(blind) cell reselection" only. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Enumerated SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 1 None External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1266 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.27 (RNC_ID) - (RNC_ID_3G) HMI Name RNC_ID Parameter Name Logical Name RNC_ID_3G Definition This parameter indicates the RNC Identifier or the Extended RNC Identifier of an external 3G (FDD or TDD) cell, as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401 (in HO Required message sent to the MSC on A interface). Coding rules Binary value on 16 bits. Mandatory rules (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, RNC_ID_3G and CI_3G) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cel. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 65535 None External Comment Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1267 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.28 (SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G) - (SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G_FDD) HMI Name SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G Parameter Name Logical Name SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G_FDD Definition This parameter indicates the Primary Scrambling Code of an external 3G FDD cell, as defined in 3GPP TS 25.213. Coding rules Binary value on 9 bits. Mandatory rules - For a given 2G cell, the couple (ARFCN_3G (FDD), SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G_FDD) shall be unique among all the neighbour 3G FDD cells target for handover (or both). Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 511 None External Comment - Significant if RAT_3G is FDD - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1268 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.29 (T3121) - (T3121) HMI Name T3121 Parameter Name Logical Name T3121 Definition This timer is started by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to the MS and is normally stopped when the MS has correctly seized the UTRAN channel(s). Its purpose is to keep the old channels sufficiently long for the MS to be able to return to the old channels, and to release the channels if the MS is lost. Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Timer SubSystem BSC Instance BSC Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value sec 0 25.5 14 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1269 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.30 (TDD_ARFCN_LIST) - (TDD_ARFCN_LIST) HMI Name TDD_ARFCN_LIST Parameter Name Logical Name TDD_ARFCN_LIST Definition List of neighbour Downlink TDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Numbers (UARFCNs) of any 3G TDD neighbor cell (TD-SCDMA), adjacent to the BSS. Up to 3 TDD UARFCNs can be defined in the list. This list is used for 2G to 3G cell reselection ("blind" search method). Coding rules The value of -1 is for implementation purpose only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any UARFCN. Mandatory rules - The UARFCNs defined in the list (i.e. not set to 1) shall be different from each other. - Only following downlink TDD UARFCN ranges are standardised : a) 9504-9596 and 10054-10121 b) 9254-9546 and 9654-9946 c) 9554-9646 d) 12854-13096 e) 11504-11996 f) 9404-9596 - TDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (TDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G TDD cell target for reselection. - Configuration of TDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where both EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type List of numbers SubSystem BSC Instance BSS Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16383 None 1270 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters External Comment - The TDD UARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The TDD UARFCNs of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH. - Significant only if EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1271 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.31 (TDD_Qoffset) - (TDD_Qoffset) HMI Name TDD_Qoffset Parameter Name Logical Name TDD_Qoffset Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN TDD cell re-selection. Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -32 28 -32 External Comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1272 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.32 (THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT) - (THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT) HMI Name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT Parameter Name Logical Name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT Definition Load threshold determining whether a 3G to 2G handover request shall be rejected in load situation; the feature is deactivated by setting THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT to its maximum value 100%. Coding rules binary value on 8 bits Mandatory rules THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT shall be lower than the 2G load thresholds HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD or equal to 100%. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 100 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1273 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.33 (THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ) - (THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ) HMI Name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ Parameter Name Logical Name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ Definition Load threshold on the serving cell below which handovers towards 3G cells are forbidden when I.E. Service Handover is missing (whatever EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO value) Coding rules Step size = 1 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value % 0 100 0 External Comment Value 0 disables the feature. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1274 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.34 (THR_ECNO_HO) - (THR_ECNO_HO) HMI Name THR_ECNO_HO Parameter Name Logical Name THR_ECNO_HO Definition Ec/No threshold above which a handover to UTRAN may be triggered Coding rules step size = 0.5 dB, coded over 6 bits 0: "HO to 3G attempted whatever the Ec/No", 1: -24.0, 2: -23.5, 3: -23, ..., 48: -0.5, 49: 0.0 Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Threshold SubSystem BSC Instance cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value dB -24.5 0 -15 External Comment Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1275 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.35 (UARFCN) - (ARFCN_3G(FDD)) HMI Name UARFCN Parameter Name Logical Name ARFCN_3G(FDD) Definition Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) of an external 3G FDD cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules - Only the following downlink FDD UARFCN ranges are standardized: I) 10562-10838 and II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387 X) 3112-3388 XI) 3712-3812 XII) 3837- 3903 XIII) 4017-4043 XIV) 4117-4143 - For a given 2G cell, there shall be no more than 3 distinct ARFCN_3G (FDD) among all the neighbour 3G FDD cells target for handover (or both). - For a given 2G cell, there shall be no more than 8 distinct ARFCN_3G (FDD) among all the neighbour 3G FDD cells target for reselection (or both). - For a given 2G cell, the couple (ARFCN_3G (FDD), SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G_FDD) shall be unique among all the neighbour 3G FDD cells target for handover (or both). - FDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (FDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G FDD cell target for reselection (or both). Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16383 None 1276 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters External Comment - Significant if RAT_3G is FDD - The FDD UARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The FDD UARFCNs of the 3G neighbour cells configured for reselection (or both) are broadcast on BCCH. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09 1277 / 1278 10 2G-3G Telecom Parameters 10.2.36 (UARFCN) - (ARFCN_3G(TDD)) HMI Name UARFCN Parameter Name Logical Name ARFCN_3G(TDD) Definition Downlink TDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) of an external 3G TDD cell. Coding rules Mandatory rules - Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized: a) 9504-9596 and 10054-10121 b) 9254- 9546 and 9654-9946 c) 9554-9646 d) 12854-13096 e) 11504-11996 f) 9404-9596 - For a given 2G cell, there shall be no more than 8 distinct ARFCN_3G (TDD) among all the neighbour 3G TDD cells target for reselection. - TDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (TDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G TDD cell target for reselection. Recommended rules Category Site (CAE) Type Number SubSystem BSC Instance 3G cell Unit Minimum Maximum Default Value None 0 16383 None External Comment - Significant if RAT_3G is TDD - The TDD UARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The TDD UARFCns of the 3G neighbour cells (configured for reselection) are broadcast on BCCH - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. Cell Type Dependent No Nb of TRX Dependent No 1278 / 1278 3BK 21624 AAAA PCZZA Ed.09